Download Samsung YP-S2QU Service manual

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

Transcript

SERVICE MANUAL
RM-YD003
USA
RM-YD003
CANADA
RM-YD003
MEXICO
RM-YD003
USA
RM-YD003
CANADA
RM-YD003
MEXICO
MODEL
––––––
COMMANDER
NO.
–––––––––––– DEST.
––––– CHASSIS
–––––––––––
MUTING TV/VIDEO
DVD/
VCR
DVR
POWER TV POWER
SAT/
CABLE
TV
FUNCTION
ENT
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT
SUR
FREEZE
WIDE
DIS
PLA
Y
RE
TU
TO
OLS
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E50A10
KDF-E50A10
KDF-E50A10
COMMANDER
NO.
–––––––––––– DEST.
––––– CHASSIS
–––––––––––
GU
ID
E
MODEL
––––––
MIX5 CHASSIS
RN
WEGA GATE
PREV
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
PLAY
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
STOP
CH
VOL
REC
REC PAUSE
TOP MENU MENU
TIMER
PUSH OPEN
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
F1
REC STOP
F2
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CANNEL
TV
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
RM-YD003
LCD PROJECTION TV
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Specifications
Projection System
LCD Panel
Projection Lens
Antenna
Lamp
Television System
3 LCD Panels, 1 lens projection system
0.73 inch TFT LCD panel (1,280 ⋅ 720 pixels)
High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.4
75-ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF
100W, XL-2400
NTSC
American TV Standard
ATSC (8VSB terrestrial)
ATSC compliant 8VSB
QAM on cable
ANSI/SCTE 07 2000
Visible Screen Size (Picture measured KDF-E42A10: 42 inches
diagonally)
KDF-E50A10: 50 inches
Channel Coverage
Terrestrial (analog)
2-69
Cable TV (analog)
1-125
Terrestrial (digital)
2-69
Cable TV (digital)
1-135
Number of Inputs/Outputs
HDMI IN
Video
1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i
Audio
Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz,
16, 20 and 24 bit
Video (IN)
3 total (1 on side panel)
1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative
S Video (IN)
1
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms
Audio (IN)
5 total (1 on side panel)
500 mVrms (100% modulation)
Impedance: 47 kilohms
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
Component Video Input
2 (Y PB/CB PR/CR)
negative
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
AUDIO (VAR/FIX) OUT
1
500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting
(Variable)
500 mVrms (Fixed)
Impedance (output): 2 kilohms
AUDIO OUT jacks are opera ble only w hen th e
TV ’s Speaker is set to O ff .
RF Inputs
PC Input
Digital Audio Optical Output
(PCM/Dolby Digital)
CableCARD Slot
Speaker output
Power requirement
Power consumption
2
1
1
Optical Rectangular (1)
PCMCIA Type I/II
12 W + 12 W
120 V, 60 Hz
In use: 210 W
In standby: Less than 17 W
–2–
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
Dimensions (W/H/D)
KDF-E42A10: 999 ⋅ 722 ⋅ 357 mm (39 3/8 ⋅ 28 1/2 ⋅ 14 1/8 inches)
KDF-E50A10: 118 4⋅ 827 ⋅ 408 mm (46 5/8 ⋅ 32 5/8 ⋅ 16 1/8 inches)
Mass
KDF-E42A10: 28 kg (61 lb. 12 oz.)
KDF-E50A10: 33 kg (72 lb. 13 oz.)
Supplied Accessories
Remote Control
AA (R6) Batteries
Operati ng Instructions
Quick Setup Guide
Warranty Card
Product Registration Card
RM-YD003
2 supplied for remote control
1
1
1
1
Optional accessories:
HDMI cable
HDMI-to-DVI cable
Component video cable
S VIDEO cable
A/V cable
Audio cable
Optical cable
TV Stand : (SU-RG11S for KDF-E42A10, SU-RG11M for KDF-E50A10)
Theatre Stand System: RHT-G2000
Lamp : XL-2400
The availability of optional accessories
depends on stock.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Non-metric weights and measures are approximate.
–3–
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Indicators
Screen
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
Indicators
The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the
condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in
the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.
Indicator
Flashing because...
POWER/
green : The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn
STANDBY flashing on. When it is ready, it turns on.
red : The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached.
The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals of three
blinks at a time until the lamp door or the lamp is placed
correctly. When the lamp door or the lamp is securely
attached, the TV will turn on with green indicator.
LAMP indicator
The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new
flashes
one (see page 86).
TIMER indicator is When one of the timers is set, the indicator will remain lit
lit
(will not flash) even when the TV is turned off.
Projection Lamp
Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has
lifespan and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the
screen becomes darker. Note the following:
After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before
the picture appears.
When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the
lamp with a new Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied).
The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV i s in
use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light
housing when the power is on.
–4–
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Replacing the Lamp
The projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life.
If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator
on the front of the TV flashes, it is time to replace the lamp with a new one
(not supplied).
WARNING
Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in
injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.
Use a Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement.
Use of any other lamp may damage the TV.
Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing
so may cause injury or fire.
Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp
receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire
or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has
been removed.
When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop
sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp.
In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp
unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp
unit.
The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps,
follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 89.
How to Replace the
Lamp
1
Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug
the power cord.
(The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after
turning the power off.)
2
Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the
lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not
touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed.
Take the new lamp out of the box.
Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.
3
Do not shake the lamp. Vi bration can damage the lamp or
shorten its life.
Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of
the lamp receptacle. Th is may reduce picture quality or lamp
life.
–5–
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
7
4
Remove the outside lamp cover.
5
Remove the lamp door.
Turn the knob counterclockwise to OPEN and pull out
the cover.
Lamp door
6
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Put the new lamp into its place.
Mount the new lamp securely. Failure to do so may cause
a fire or the screen to go dark.
If the lamp is not securely reattached, the selfdi a gnostic function may be triggered and the
POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes three
times (see page 12).
8
Reattach the lamp door.
Turn the knob back to CLOSE and secure the cover.
Pu ll out the lamp.
Hook a finger through the loop of the lamp handle and
pull the handle upwards. Then pull the lamp straight out.
9
Put the outside lamp cover back in its place.
Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-2400
replacement lamp.
The lamp is very hot immediately after use.
Never touch the glass portion of the lamp or
the surrounding parts.
Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging
After the used lamp has cooled, place it into
the empty box of the replacement lamp.
Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.
in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling
may cause the TV t o fall, damaging the TV, the TV
stand and the floor.
The used lamp
This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be
regulated if sold in the United Sta tes. For disposal or recycling
information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics
Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org).
Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or
within the reach of children.
Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object
inside the lamp. Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.
–6–
For replacement lamp information visit:
U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
Canadian resident s: http://www.so nystyle.ca/tv/
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
( US model only )
After correcting the original service problem, perfom the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:
l. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder
splashes and bridges.
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
“pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors.
3. Check that all control knobs, shields, covers, ground straps,
and mounting hardware have been replaced. Be absolutely
certain that you have replaced all the insulators.
4. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them
out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
5. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious
signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
recom mend their replacement.
6. Check the line cords for cracks and abrasion. Recommend
the replacement of any such line cord to the customer.
7. Check the condition of the monopole antenna (if any). Make
sure the end is not broken off, and has the plastic cap on it.
Point out the danger of impalement on a broken antenna to
the customer, and recommend the antenna’s replacement.
8. Check the B+ and HV to see they are at the values specified.
Make sure your instruments are accurate;be suspicious of
your HV meter if sets always have low HV.
9. Check the antenna temminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs,
screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage.
Check leakage as described below.
To Exposed Metal
Parts on Set
LEAKAGE TEST
The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and
from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a
return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers) . Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods.
1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or
RCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions to
usc these instruments.
2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245
digital multimeter is suitable for this job.
3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a
VOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indication is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate lowvoltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are
examples of a passive VOM that is suitable. NearIy all battery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range
are suitable. (See Fig. A)
HOW TO FIND A GOOD EARTH GROUND
A cold-water pipe is guaranteed earth ground;the cover-plate retaining screw on most AC outlet boxes is also at earth ground. If
the retaining screw is to be used as your earth-ground, verify that it
is at ground by measuring the resistance between it and a coldwater pipe with an ohmmeter. The reading should be zero ohms. If
a cold-water pipe is not accessible, connect a 60-l00 watts trouble
light (not a neon lamp) between the hot side of the receptacle and
the retaining screw. Try both slots, if necessary, to locate the hot
side of the line, the lamp should light at normal brilliance if the
screw is at ground potential. (See Fig. B)
Trouble Light
Ohmmeter
AC Outlet Box
1.5 µ F
1.5k Ω
AC
voltmeter
(0.75V)
Cold-water Pipe
Earth Ground
Fig. B. Checking for earth ground.
Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage.
–7–
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
CAUTION
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified service personnel only.
To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not perform any servicing
other than that contained in the operating instructions unless you
are qualified to do so.
WARNING!!
AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURING
ANY SERVICE TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD, BECAUSE OF LIVE CHASSIS.
THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECElVER IS DIRECTLY CONNECTED
TO THE AC POWER LINE.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE
PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE
THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS THAT
ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THIS
MANUAL. FOLLOW THESE PROCEDURES WHENEVER CRITICAL COMPONENTS ARE REPLACED OR IMPROPER OPERATION IS SUSPECTED.
–8–
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
ATTENTION!!
AFIN D’EVITER TOUT RISQUE DELECTROCUTION PROVENANT D’UN CHÁSSIS SOUS TENSION, UN TRANSFORMATEUR
D’ISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILISÉ LORS DE TOUT DEPANNAGE.
LE CHÁSSIS DE CE RECEPTEUR EST DIRECTEMENT RACCORDÉ Á L’ALIMENTATION SECTEUR.
ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS ÁLA
SÉCURITÉ!!
LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE FRAME ET PAR UNE
MAPQUE ! SUR LES SCHÉMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES EXPLOSÉES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT D’UNE IMPORTANCE
CRITIQUE POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DU FONCTIONNEMENT. NE LES
REMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPOSANTS SONY DONT LE
NUMÉRO DE PIÉCE EST INDIQUÉ DANS LE PRÉSENT MANUEL OU DANS DES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY. LES
RÉGLAGES DE CIRCUIT DONT L’IMPORTANCE EST CRITIQUE
POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DU FONCTIONNEMENT SONT IDENTIFIES
DANS LE PRÉSENT MANUEL. SUIVRE CES PROCÉDURES
LORS DE CHAQUE REMPLACEMENT DE COMPOSANTS CRITIQUES, OU LORSQU’UN MAUVAIS FONCTIONNEMENT SUSPECTÉ.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
––––––
Title
––––
1. SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION .....................
Page
––––
Section
––––––
Title
––––
2-24-14.
2-24-15.
2-24-16.
2-24-17.
2-24-18.
11
2. DISASSEMBLY
Pull Out Some Blocks (7) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (8) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (9) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (10) .........................
Remove Optics Unit ....................................
Page
––––
27
28
28
28
28
2-1.
Rear Cover ..........................................................
16
2-2.
Service Position ..................................................
17
2-3.
Antenna Switch, QU Block Assembly ..............
18
2-4.
K Board ...............................................................
19
2-5.
Terminal Bracket ................................................
19
2-6.
HPC Board ..........................................................
19
2-7.
B Block ...............................................................
20
2-8.
OU Bracket .........................................................
20
2-9.
B Board ...............................................................
20
2-10. B, QM and QT Boards .......................................
21
2-11. QT Board ............................................................
21
2-12. QM Board ...........................................................
21
2-13. P Board ...............................................................
21
Block Diagram (1) ..............................................
31
2-14. AGU Board .........................................................
22
Block Diagram (2) ..............................................
32
2-15. DC Fan ................................................................
22
Block Diagram (3) ..............................................
33
2-16. Main Duct (R) ....................................................
23
Block Diagram (4) ..............................................
34
Block Diagram (5) ..............................................
35
3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
3-1.
Electrical Adjustment by Remote Commander ....
29
3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment
Mode ...............................................................
3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment ............................
3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method ..........
3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator ...................
29
29
29
29
3-2.
To read Lamp and Panel time ............................
30
3-3.
Test Reset ...........................................................
30
4. DIAGRAMS
4-1.
2-17. Duch Block Assembly
(Without Main Duct (R)) ...................................
23
Block Diagram (6) ..............................................
36
2-18. D.C. Fan (Sirocco) .............................................
23
Block Diagram (7) ..............................................
37
2-19. Speaker Grill Block Assembly ...........................
23
4-2.
Frame Schematic Diagram .................................
38
2-20. HA and HB Boards ............................................
24
4-3.
Circuit Boards Location .....................................
39
2-21. Screen Frame Block Assembly ..........................
24
4-4.
Schematic Diagrams ...........................................
39
2-22. Speakers ..............................................................
24
Schematic Diagram of GT Board ......................
Schematic Diagram of HA Board .....................
Schematic Diagram of HB Board .....................
Schematic Diagram of HC Board .....................
Schematic Diagram of K Board .........................
Schematic Diagram of QT (1/3) Board ............
Schematic Diagram of QT (2/3) Board ............
Schematic Diagram of QT (3/3) Board ............
Schematic Diagram of QU Board .....................
Schematic Diagram of S2 Board ........................
Schematic Diagram of T1 Board .......................
Schematic Diagram of T2 Board .......................
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
2-23. Rear Cover (With Mirror) ..................................
24
2-24. How to Replace Optics Unit ..............................
25
2-24-1.
2-24-2.
2-24-3.
2-24-4.
2-24-5.
2-24-6.
2-24-7.
2-24-8.
2-24-9.
2-24-10.
2-24-11.
2-24-12.
2-24-13.
Remove Lamp Bloxk (1) ............................
Remove Lamp Bloxk (2) ............................
Remove Lamp Bloxk (3) ............................
Remove Cover, Rear (1) .............................
Remove Cover, Rear (1-2) ..........................
Remove Cover, Rear (2) .............................
Remove Stay (L), Side ................................
Pull Out Some Blocks (1) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (2) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (3) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (4) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (5) ...........................
Pull Out Some Blocks (6) ...........................
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
–9–
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
Section
––––––
Title
––––
Page
––––
4-5.
Printed Wiring Boards ........................................
52
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
GT Board ............................................................
HA, HB Boards ..................................................
HC, K Boards .....................................................
QT Board ............................................................
QU Board ............................................................
S2 Board .............................................................
T1, T2 Boards .....................................................
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
4-6.
Semiconductors ..................................................
59
5. EXPLODED VIEWS
5-1.
Screen Mirror Block, Cover ...............................
60
5-2.
B Block, Chassis Assembly ...............................
61
5-3.
Lamp Duct Assembly, Optics Unit Block .........
62
6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
• GT Board ..................................................................
• HA Board ..................................................................
• HB Board ..................................................................
• HC Board ..................................................................
• HPC Board ................................................................
• K Board .....................................................................
• QT Board ..................................................................
• QU Board ..................................................................
• S2 Board ....................................................................
• T1 Board ...................................................................
• T2 Board ...................................................................
63
65
65
66
66
67
69
71
71
71
71
– 10 –
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 1 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1. Summary of Self-Diagnosis Function
- This device includes a self-diagnosis function.
- In case of abnormalities, the POWER/STANDBY indicator automatically blinks. It is
possible to predict the abnormality location by the number of blinks. The Instruction
Manual describes blinking of the POWER/STANDBY indicator.
- If the symptom is not reproduced sometimes in case of a malfunction, there is recording of
whether a malfunction was generated or not. Operate the remote command to confirm the
matter on the screen and to predict the location of the abnormality.
2. Diagnosis Items and Prediction of Malfunction Location
- When a malfunction occurs the POWER/STANDBY indicator only blinks for one of the
following diagnosis items. In case of two or more malfunctions, the item which first
occurred blinks. If the malfunctions occurred simultaneously, the item with the lower
blink count blinks first.
- The screen display displays the results regarding all the diagnosis items listed below.
The display "0" means that no malfunctions occurred.
Number of times
Diagnosis Item POWER/STANDBY
indicator blinks
Probable Cause
Location
Defected symptoms
2 times
- Set temperture is high.
- Temp sensor connector
is not attached securely. - No picture/No sound
(CN7020 on HB board,
CN7180 on S2 board)
3 times
- Lamp cover is not
attached securely.
- No picture/No sound
-Lamp is not set securely.
Fan stopped
4 times
- F an 1-4 power is not
supplied. (AGU board)
- Fan connector is not
attached securely.
-Fan caught wires or
harnesses.
- No picture/No sound
Lamp driver error
5 times
- Lamp driver is faulty.
- No picture/No sound
Low B error
6 times
- B_12V is not supplied.
- No picture/No sound
(GT board)
Audio error
7 times
- Short-circuit of Audio power
supply line.
-Blow out of fuse.
(PS3001 on K board)
-IC failure.
(IC3005 on K board)
- No picture/No sound
D-OVP error
8 times
-B -12V is over voltage.
(B board)
- No picture/No sound
ATSC OVP
10 times
-Q_10.5V is over voltage.
(GT board)
- No picture/No sound
Lamp error
LAMP-LED flashes
- Lamp for the light
source burns out.
- No picture/No sound
Temp error
Lamp cover error
– 11 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3. Blinking count display of POWER/STANDBY indicator
- One blink is not used for self-diagnosis.
- Example
Diagnosis item
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
LED blinks
POWER
Lamp cover
3 times
Fan
4 times
Indicators
LED ON : 0.3sec
LED OFF : 0.3sec
LED OFF
3.0sec
- Release of POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking
The POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking display is released by removing the plug from
the power or leaving for 2 minutes.
4. Self-diagnosis screen displays
- In cases of malfunctions where it is not possible to determine the symptom such as when
the power goes off occasionally or when the screen disappears occasionally, there is a
screen display on whether the malfunction occurred or not in the past (and whether the
detection circuit operated or not) in order to allow confirmation.
<Screen Display Method>
- Quickly press the remote command button in the following order from the standby state.
DISPLAY
Channel
5
Vol
: LAMP_ERROR
: TEMP_ERROR
: LAMP_TEMP
: LAMP_COVER
: FAN_ERROR
: LAMP_DRIVER
: LOWB_ERROR
: AUDIO_PROT
: D_OVP
: ATSC_OVP
POWER
Be aware that this differs from
the method of entering the
service mode (Vol +).
SELF CHECK
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
-
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
- Numeral "1" means a fault was detected one time
- Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected
– 12 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
- The results display is not automatically cleared. In case of repairs and after repairs, check
the self-diagnosis screen and be sure to return the results display to "0".
- If the results display is not returned to "0" it will not be possible to judge a new malfunction
after completing repairs.
<Method of Clearing Results Display>
1. Power off (Set to the standby mode)
2. DISPLAY
3. Channel
Channel
8
Vol
5
-
POWER
ENTER
<Method of Ending Self-Diagnosis Screen>
- When ending the self-diagnosis screen completely, turn the power switch OFF on the
remote commander or the main unit.
5. Self-Diagnosis function operation
2
: Temp
When the temperature sensor on the S2 board detects high temperature, or IIC
line connector (CN8410:AGU board, CN7180:S2 board) is not seated securely,
the TV-micro tums off the lamp.
When the temperature sensor on the HB board detects high temperature, or IIC
line connector (CN8004:AGU board, CN7020:HB board) is not seated securely,
the TV-micro tums off the lamp.
3
: Lamp cover
The rib at the back of the lamp cover closes the SW on the T1 board. The lamp
closes the SW on the T2 board.
It is monitored by the BE micro (pin133 of IC4100) and tums off the lamp when
it is opened.
4
: Fan
Fan rotation is detected by ‘‘FAN-PROT” and the TV-micro (pin 38 of IC8002)
tums off the lamp when it is ‘‘high”.
5
: Lamp Driver
When the ‘‘LAMP-PROT” (pin132 of IC4100) is high, the lamp is not tumed
on. If the ‘‘LAMP-HV-DET” (pin134 of IC4100) is low at the same time, it
is classified as no high voltage of the lamp driver.
6
: Low B error
When no ‘‘B_12V” is detected, pin 128 of TV-micro is low and it tums off the
main power.
7
: Audio
When DC voltage is detected at the speaker output, pin 149 of TV-micro is low
and it tums off the main power.
8
: D-OVP
When overvoltage of ‘‘B_12V” is detected, pin 127 of TV-micro is low and it
tums off the main power.
10
: ATSC-OVP
When overvoltage of ‘‘Q_10.5 V” is detected, pin 126 of TV-micro is low
and it tums off the main power.
LAMP
: Lamp
When the ‘‘LAMP-PROT” (pin132 of IC4100) is high, the lamp is not tumed
on. If the ‘‘LAMP-HV-DET” (pin134 of IC4100) is high at the same time, it
is classified as no lamp or a dead lamp.
– 13 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM
AGU board
4
Fan1
7
Fan2
10
Fan3
13
CN8002
Fan4
IC8002
TV Micro-computer
S2 board
IC7180
Temp.
Sensor
IIC-TV
HB board
IC7021
FAN-ERR
38
LB-ERR
128
IIC-TV
Temp.
Sensor
+12V
K board
B board
Audio
Amp.
13
149
SP_PROT
BE-OVP 127
B_12V
QM board
IC4100
BE Micro-computer
ATSC
10.5V
126
ATSC-OVP
IIC
T2 board
IIC
CN8403
3
2
1
1
SW
T1 board
CN8410
1
14
3
15
CN8003
SW
8
8
133
LAMP COVER
5
5
134 LAMP-HV-DET
7
7
132
CN8410
13
Lamp
HV-DET
Lamp Driver
12
CN8003
CN8410
7
CN8003
– 14 –
LAMP-PROT
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Reading Lamp and Panel time
Use the following to determine the lamp and panel time of a set.
Screen Display Method
In standby mode, press the buttons on the Remote Commander sequentially, in rapid succession, as shown below:
1. Press Display , Channel 5 , Sound Volume + , Power ON
2. To enter BE-micro service menu, press JUMP 2 times.
CONFIGRATION
CP18_COLOR_SYS
m
3. To display the lamp time, press Channel-4.
The screen displays:
“ Total lamp time is 14 hours”
GW_SPECIAL
LAMP_TIME
GW_SPECIAL
PANEL_TIME
OPTION_E
LAMP
00000014
SERVICE
BE Micro
Press Channel-4
00000014
SERVICE
BE Micro
Press Channel-5 7 times,
Channel-1
20
01
0000
To reset the lamp time press Channel-3 > MUTING > ENT.
WRITE (Character color is red) is momentarily displayed and the lamp time is reset to “0”.
Exiting Service Mode
After completing the changes exit service mode by turning off the set using the Remote Commander or the
power switch.
– 15 –
SERVICE
BE Micro
Press Channel-4
34
01
m
5. To display the lamp time clear, press Channel-5
7 times and Channel-1.
00A0
34
02
m
4. To display the panel time, press Channel-4.
The screen displays:
“ Total panel time is 14 hours”
00
00
SERVICE
BE Micro
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 2 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
DISASSEMBLY
2-1. REAR COVER
E42A10
3
1 Pull down the claw
Lamp door
E50A10
3
– 16 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-2. SERVICE POSITION
C
B
A
B
A
3 Side stay (L)
1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
4 7 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
C
7 Loosen wire holders
6 Pull out chassis block slightly
– 17 –
5 Pull out B block slightly
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
8 Loosen wire holders
9 Turn chassis dssembly
K board assembly
GT board B side
2-3. ANTENNA SWITCH, QU BLOCK ASSEMBLY
1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
2
0 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
9 Pod cover backward
3 2 hexdgonal washers
8 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
4 Antenna switch bracket
qs QU block assembly
6 Antenna switch
5 5 connectors
qa Connector
– 18 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-4. K BOARD
5 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12)
1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
3 3 connectors
2 Pull out K board assembly
4 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12)
6
K board
2-5. TERMINAL BRACKET
2-6. HPC BOARD
1 7 screws (+BVTP 3x12)
3
1 2 connectors
HPC baord
2
2 2 screws
(+PVTP 4x16)
Terminal bracket
Terminal brdcket
– 19 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-7. B BLOCK
1 Connector
B block
B block
2 3 connectors
3 4 connectors
2-8. OU BRACKET
3 OU bracket
2 5 screws
(+PSW M3x8)
1 6 screws (+PSW
(
M 3x8))
2-9. B BOARD
2 4 screws (+PSW M3x8)
3
1 3 connector
B board
– 20 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-10. B, QM AND QT BOARDS
B, QM and QT boa
ards
3
Shield case (DIGITAL)
2-11.
QT BOARD
1 Place the pod bracket assembly
upside down.
2 3 connector
4
QT board
3 3 screws
(+PSW M3x8)
2-12.
QM BOARD
2-13. P BOARD
1 Upper lid of shield case
2 5 screws
(+PSW M3x8)
2 Connector
AGU board
3 QM board
1 3 connectors
3 2 screws (+PSW M3x8)
– 21 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-14. AGU BOARD
2 AUG board
1 Connector
2-15.
DC FAN
2
80 fan plate
1 Screw
(+BVTP 4x16)
DC fan
– 22 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
2-16.
MAIN DUCT (R)
2-17.
DUCT BLOCK ASSEMBLY
(WITHOUT MAIN DUCT (R))
2 Pull out duct block assembly
2 Pull out main duct (R)
2-18.
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
D.C. FAN (SIROCCO)
Lamp duct cover
5 Remove D.C. fan
(sirrocco) upward
1 2 claws
4 Remove SIROCCO
fan cover upward
3 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
2-19.
SPEAKER GRILL BLOCK ASSEMBLY
2
Speaker grill block assembly
1 2 screws
(+BVTP 4x16)
– 23 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
2-20.
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
HA AND HB BOARDS
3 HA board
1 Connector
5 2 Screws
4 Connector
2 2 screws
(+BVTP 4x12)
2-21.
SCREEN FRAME BLOCK ASSEMBLY
4x13) (E42A10)
2 4 screws
(+BVTP 4x16)
4x13) (E50A10)
2-22.
SPEAKERS
2-23.
3 Screen frame
block assembly
REAR COVER (WITH MIRROR)
2 Rear cover (with mirror)
2 Speaker
1 2 screws
(+PWTP2 4x16)
4 Speaker
Screen frame block assembly
3 2 screws
(+PWTP2 4x16)
– 24 –
1 4 screws
(+BVTP 4x16)
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24. HOW TO REPLACE OPTICS UNIT
2-24-2. Remove Lamp Block (2)
2-24-1. Remove Lamp Block (1)
Remove '' Door, Lamp ".
Turn left "Lever, Lock" below, and then remove "Door, Lamp".
Door, Lamp
A
<A>
< REAR VIEW >
Lever, Lock
Door, Lamp
2-24-4. Remove Cover, Rear (1)
2-24-3. Remove Lamp Block (3)
Pull the "Lever, Lock" below to remove "Lamp block".
Take off 11 screws (42"), and then pull out "Cover, Rear".
2 screws
3 screws
2 screws
2 screws
Cover, Rear
2-24-6. Remove Cover, Rear (2)
2-24-5. Remove Cover, Rear (1-2)
Take off 13 screws (50").
2 screws
It is removed "Cover, Rear".
3 screws
B
3 screws
Cover, Rear
2 screws
Door, Lamp
Lever, Lock
3 screw
ws
2 screws
– 25 –
E
D
C
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24-7. Remove Stay (L), Side
Take off 4 screws, and then remove 2 "Stay (L), Side".
Sta (L)
Stay
(L), Side
2 screws
s
2 screws
<B>
<C>
2-24-9. Pull Out Some Blocks (2)
2-24-8. Pull Out Some Blocks (1)
Take off 5 screws.
Take off 4 screws.
2 screws
2 screws
3 screws
<D>
2 screws
2-24-10. Pull Out Some Blocks (3)
<E>
2-24-11. Pull Out Some Blocks (4)
Pull out "B block", "Chassis block", and "Duct (R), Main"
a little bit.
Unlock "Holder, Wire" as shown below.
Holder,, Wire
Duct (R), Main
B block
Chassis block
– 26 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24-12. Pull Out Some Blocks (5)
Take off 1 screw.
3 screws
F
1 screw
<F>
2-24-13. Pull Out Some Blocks (6)
Loose 1 special screw. (This screw can not be taken off.)
Optics unit block
G
1 special screw
<G>
2-24-14. Pull Out Some Blocks (7)
Take off 1 screw.
Optics unit block
H
<H>
1 special screw
– 27 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24-15. Pull Out Some Blocks (8)
Remove 2 connecters to pull out some blocks as shown below.
I
Connector
<I>
2-24-16. Pull Out Some Blocks (9)
Unlock "Purse Lock" to pull out some blocks as shown below.
J
Purse lock
<J>
2-24-17. Pull Out Some Blocks (10)
2-24-18. Remove Optics Unit
Pull out "B block", "Chassis block", "Duct block", and "Optics
Unit block".
Remove all connecters to remove "Optics Unit block" and then it.
Opttics u
unit block
Duct block
B block
Optics unit block
Chassis
Ch
i bl
block
– 28 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 3 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT BY REMOTE
COMMANDER
By using remote commander (RM-YD003), all circuit adjustments can be made.
NOTE : Test Equipment Required.
1. Pattern Generator (with component outputs)
2. Oscilloscope
3. Digital multimeter
3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment
Mode
1. Standby mode. (Power off)
2. DISPLAY t 5 t VOL (+) t TV POWER
on the remote commander.
(Press each button within a second.)
The following service screen will appear.
3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment
1. The SCREEN displays the item being adjusted.
2. Press “1” or “4” on the remote commander to select the
adjustment item.
3. Press “3” or “6” on the remote commander to change the data.
4. Press “2” or “5” on the remote commander to select the category.
Every time you press “2” (Category up).
5. If you want to recover the latest values press “-” then
“[ENTER]” to read the memory.
6. Press “[MUTING]” then “[ENTER]” to write into memory.
7. Turn power off.
<Method of setting the shipping condition>
1. Service Adjustment mode.
2. Press “8” then “[ENTER]”
3. Wait until appearing “ Initial Setup” display.
4. Disconnect AC plug and connect again to change factory reset condition completely.
3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method
<TV micro>
STATUS
0
SHUTDOWN_LOG1
SERVICE
TV MICRO
0
ATI
SAIPH
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
PROGRAM
BOOT
CHIMERA PROGRAM
PACK
OSD
NVM A0
NVM AC
NVM AE
HDMI
H05-01.xx
1.xxx
x.xxx
1.xxx
1.xxx
x.xxx
x.xxx
x.xxx
---1.xxx
1. After adjustment, turn power off with the remote commander.
2. Turn power on and set to service mode.
3. Call the adjusted items again and confirm they were adjusted.
3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator
TV POWER
MUTING
MUTING TV/VIDEO
Adjustment item
up
DVD/
VCR
DVR
POWER TV POWER
SAT/
CABLE
TV
Data up
Adjustment item
down
Press “JUMP” key.
ENT
0
SERVICE
DTV
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT
SUR
WIDE
DIS
PL
AY
LS
0
MTS/SAP
RN
TU
RE
QM
INFO
User control goes
to the standerd state
(Shipping Conditions)
ANT
TO
O
<Digiotal Module micro>
JUMP
GU
ID
E
Initialize data
(Not stored)
Adjustment category
up
FUNCTION
Data down
Adjustment category
down
ENTER
WEGA GATE
JUMP
PREV
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
DISPLAY
PLAY
Press “JUMP” key.
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
STOP
CH
VOL
<BE micro>
CONFIGRATION 00
0
CP18_COLOR_SYS 00 00A0
VOL +
REC
SERVICE
BE Micro
REC PAUSE
TOP MENU MENU
F1
REC STOP
F2
Press “JUMP” key.
TV
RM-YD003
– 29 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
3-3. IRIS Adjustment
FUNCTION OF KEYS ON COMMANDER
•1
•4
•2
: Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves up)
: Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves down)
: Changes adjustment category.
(category moves up)
: Changes adjustment category.
(category moves down)
: Changes data value. (up)
: Changes data value. (down)
•5
•3
•6
Please check it after the replacement of the following parts.
• IRIS unit+Optics unit block+C board
• B board
Check values of the service data in NVM on C board
DBL_CTRL_AC
Commander Function
Button
Mode
[MUTING] + [ENTER]
WRITE
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Description
Writes data to NVM.
- + [ENTER]
READ
Reads data from NVM.
8 + [ENTER]
RESET
Set the shipping condition.
#0
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
BL_U_TOP
BL_U_BOTTOM
BL_MAX
BL_MIN
IRIS_GAIN
HALL_GAIN
and write the same values on C board to the service data in NVM
on B board.
3-2. H/V Center Confirmation and Adjustment
Please check the picture horizontal/vertical center after the replacement of the following parts .
• Optical block
• Top assembly
1, Check H/V center with 480i monoscope signal in “Full “ mode .
2, If the center is shifted , adjust it with the following service items .
ODHS (for H center)
ODVS (for V center)
ODVS
ODHS
– 30 –
DBL_CTRL
#0
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
BL_U_TOP
BL_U_BOTTOM
BL_MAX
BL_MIN
IRIS_GAIN
HALL_GAIN
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
SECTION 4
DIAGRAMS
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM (1)
Note:
AGU, B, HPC, P and QM boards are supplied as the block for service.
C board is included in the Optics Unit Block.
(The parts on each boards are not supplied individually.)
Rear
CXD9855GP
Rear
CXA2188Q
AGU
AK5357
CS4335
Rear
Left Side
– 31 –
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
TO
QM BOARD
CN7306
IC7900
VIDEO
DET_OUT
VHF/UHF
CABLE
Q7802
BUFFER
FE_SDA
RESTE_FE
HRESET#
XPOD_STBY
HACKPOL
33M_CLK
HIRQ#
HACK#
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HA1
HCS
HA0
HRW#
TU_SSYNC
TU_TSCLK
TU_TSDATA
TU_TSENA
VIDEO
AUDIO L
POD INTERFACE
CONTROLLER
33M_CLK
HRESET#
VIDEO
AUDIO R
R_OUT
L_OUT
AFT_OUT
FE_SCL
TU7800
TUNER
PODVPP
PODVCC
AUDIO R
NC
NC
NC
CN7802
2
SCLK
4
SDATA
6 AGC_MUTE/LRCLK
FE_SCL
8
FE_SDA
10
RESTE_FE
11
RESET_POD
12
13
XPOD_STBY
14
HACKPOL
33M_CLK
16
18
HIRQ#
HACK
20
HD0
22
24
HD1
26
HD2
HD3
28
30
HD4
HD5
32
HD6
34
36
HD7
HA1
37
CS#
38
HA0
39
40
HRW
42
FE_SYNC
44
FF_SCLK
46
FE_SDATA
FE_VAL
48
AGC_MUTE
12
13
14
POD_VCC
POD_VPP
TU_R_OUT
TU_L_OUT
AFT_OUT
TU_V_OUT
TU_SCL
TU_SDA
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8006
A
7
9
10
1
CN7801
POD_VCC
TO
QU BOARD
CN7951
2
4
5
BLOCK DIAGRAM (2)
AUDIO R
AUDIO L
AUDIO L
Q7803
AGC AMP
AGC_IN
IC7806
NTSC/ATSC TUNING SELECT
15
2
14
12
11
10
9
TU_SDA
TU_SDA
TU_CLK
TU_CLK
12C_SW
D7802
(FAT LOCK)
FAT_LOCK
Y
Y0
IC7807
Y1 1
X
X0
A
B
C
DATA SWITCH
TU_TSDATA
TU_TSCLK
TU_TSENA
TU_SSYNC
X1 13
D7801
(FDC LOCK)
FDC_LOCK
3
6
8
11
1
4
10
13
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
1OEN
2OEN
3OEN
4OEN
1A 2
2A 5
3A 9
4A 12
HRW#
IC7906
HACKPOL
HIRQ#
HACK#
HD0
HD1
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HA0
HA1
HCS
DATA0/SDATA
MPEG_CLK
MPEG_ENA
CRX
DRX
HACKPOL
HIRQ
HACK
HD0_SDA
HD1_SCL
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HA0
HA1
HCS
HRW
A3
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RST
A5
A6
MDI7
A7
MDI6
53
MDI5
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
60
73
72
71
76
78
TID
TICLK
TIVAL
CRX
DRX
D7803
(ERROR)
IC7804
32V DC/DC CONVERTER
+10.5V
1 VIN
VOUT 4
2 OSC
DK 3
+32V
9V REG.
VOUT 5
+9V
3 ON/OFF VADJ 4
+6.0V
58
68
57
67
56
66
54
65
55
52
64
51
63
48
46
62
47
61
45
59
44
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
MDI1
MCK0
MDI0
28
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
21
IORD#
A11
19
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
D7
MDO5
D6
MDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
35
IC7802
5V REG.
2 VIN
VOUT 4
+5V
1 CTRL
IC7808
5V REG.
2 VIN
VOUT 4
POD_5V
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
40
41
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
NC 62
63
64
65
66
67
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
43
26
42
25
41
23
40
20
39
37
IC7803
1 VIN
2
4
6
8
69
PODVCC
VPPSEL
XPOD_STBY
Q7804,7805
LED DRIVER
CN7800
TO
QM BOARD
CN7307
CLK
HRESET#
70
RESTE_FE
FE_SDA
FE_SCL
Q7806,7807
B+ SWITCH
10.5V
6.0V
3.4V
1.5V
3
5
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
79
81
80
82
CN7903
CD2#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
D0
MOSTRT
A0
MOVAL
A1
A2
98 TDO
99 TOCLK
96 TOVAL
100 TOSTRT
MPEG_SDATA
MPEG_CLK
MPEG_ENA
RESET
DEM_SDA
DEM_CLK
MPEG_ERR
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
18
34
17
33
16
32
15
31
14
29
13
30
12
27
11
1 CTRL
+3.4V
IC7906
POWR SWITCH
IC7801
POD_5V
1.8V REG.
1 VIN
VOUT 5
+1 .8V
+3.4V
3 CE
+1.5V
IN1
EN1
IN2
OUT1 7
OUT2 6
POWR SWITCH
2,3 IN
4 EN#
+1.1V
PODVPP
EN2#
IC7906
IC7800
1.1V REG.
4 VIN
VOUT 5
2 VBIAS
ENA/ADJ 1
2
4
3
5
PODVCC
OUT 5-8
QT (TUNER, POD INTERFACE CONTROLLER, POWER SUPLLY)
– 32 –
CD2#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
D0
MOSTRT
A0
MOVAL
A1
A2
INPACK#
A3
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RESET
A5_ITX
A6_ETX
MDI7
A7_QTX
MDI6
A12
MDI5
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
VPP-1, 2
VCC
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
MDI1
MCK0
MDI0
A13
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
IORD#
A11
VS1#
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
D7
MDO5
D6
MDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
B
TO
QU BOARD
CN7953
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
BLOCK DIAGRAM (3)
IC3006
IC3002 (1/2)
CN3002
A_MUTE
M_RST
BUFFER
5
6
4
D+3.3V
14
6
IC3007
PCM/PWM PROCESSOR
CLOCK GENERATOR
19 SOFTMUTE
XFSDIN 48
4
X3001
49.1MHz
27 INIT
IC3004
2
BUS BUFFER
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8001
SCSHIFT
SCDT
DF_FLAG
KCLATCH
11
9
8
7
2
4
18
16
22 SCSHIFT
21 SCDT
3
17
23 SCLATCH
LR_DATA
BCLK
LRCK
MCLK
5
3
4
1
6
8
7
9
14
12
13
11
31
30
29
36
25
24
AMP_RST
12
SP-PROT
3.3V_SW
13
15
IC3005
DIGITAL POWER AMP
DATA
BCK
LRCK
XFSDN
DVF FLAGL
DVF FLAGR
OUTL1
OUTL2
OUTR1
OUTR2
AUDIO L
11
9
AUDIO R
6
4
4
6
14
16
PWM_A
PWM_B
PWM_C
PWM_D
OUT_A
OUT_B
OUT_C
OUT_D
AUDIO L
32
30
AUDIO R
25
22
AUDIO L
LPF
12
13
IC3002 (2/2)
SPEAKER
(L-CH)
CN3003
L+
LR+
R-
SPEAKER
(R-CH)
Q3002,3003
Q3005,3006
ZERO VOLTAGE
DETECT
5 /RST_AB
15 /RST_CD
3 /SD
11
AUDIO R
1
2
3
4
IC3001
Q3004
PROTECT
+12V REG.
GATE
CN3001
PS3001
3 VOUT
+12V
IC3003
+3.3V
+1.8V
+3.3V REG.
4
IC3008
+1.8V REG.
5
VIN 1
4
3
2
1
ON OFF CONT
2
3 VOUT
VIN 1
ON OFF CONT
2
K (AUDIO AMP)
– 33 –
PVDD
PVDD
GND
GND
C
TO
GT BOARD
CN6002
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (4)
CN7952
Cable
Card
CN7953
CD2#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
D0
MOSTRT
A0
MOVAL
A1
A2
INPACK#
A3
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RESET
A5_ITX
A6_ETX
MDI7
A7_QTX
MDI6
A12
MDI5
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
VPP-2
VPP-1
VCC
VCC
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
MDI1
MCK0
MDI0
A13
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
B33
B32
A32
B31
A31
B30
A30
B29
A29
B28
A28
A27
B26
A26
B25
A25
B24
A24
A23
B22
A22
B21
A21
B20
A20
IORD#
A11
VS1#
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
D7
MDO5
D6
MDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
B10
A10
B9
A9
B8
A8
B7
A7
B6
A6
B5
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
40
41
B19
A19
B18
A18
B17
A17
B16
A16
B15
A15
B14
A14
B13
A13
B12
A12
B11
A11
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
A5
B4
A4
B3
A3
B2
A2
1
2
5
QU (CABLE CARD
CONNECTOR)
– 34 –
CD2#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
D0
MOSTRT
A0
MOVAL
A1
A2
INPACK#
A3
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RESET
A5_ITX
A6_ETX
MDI7
A7_QTX
MDI6
A12
MDI5
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
VPP-1, 2
VCC
B
TO
QT BOARD
CN7903
A
TO
QT BOARD
CN7904
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
MDI1
MCK0
MDI0
A13
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
IORD#
A11
VS1#
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
D7
MDO5
D6
MDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
CN7951
VCC
VCC
VPP
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (5)
IC7180
CN7180
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
2
1
8
SCL_TV
SDA_TV
SET_5V
4
3
1
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8410
S2 (LAMP TEMPERATURE )
S7150
CN7150
LAMP DOOR
DETECTION
1
2
3
LAMP_COV
NC
GND
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8410
T1 (LAMP DOOR DETECTION )
S7155
CN7155
LAMP CONNECTOR
DETECTION
1
2
3
T2 (LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION )
– 35 –
LAMP_COV
NC
GND
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8403
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (6)
CN7000
2
3
1
S7005
VEGA GATE
S7004
S7003
S7002
S7001
S7000
TV/VIDEO
VOL-
VOL+
CH-
CH+
KEY
NC
GND
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8004
HA (PANEL SWITCH )
TIMER
D7024
Q7024
LED DRIVER
G
R
Q7023
LED DRIVER
Q7022
LED DRIVER
D7023
LAMP
POWER/
D7022
STANDBY
IC7020
Q7021
LED DRIVER
G
R
Q7022
LED DRIVER
15
13
12
11
8
9
CN7020
STBY+3.3V
TIMER_LED
P_MUTE_LED
LAMP_LED
POW_LED
STBY_LED
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8004
OUT
S7020
POWER
IC7021
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
STBY
+3.3V
2
1
8
7
SIRCS
5
P.ON
4
3
1
SCL
SDA
5V
HB (SIRCS, LED)
J7100
CN7102
5 COMP2_CR
3 COMP2_CB
1 COMP2_Y
PR/CR
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8814
PB/CB
Y
VIDEO/HD/DVD IN2
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
J7101
CN7101
1
2
4
5
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
HC (VIDEO 2 INPUT)
– 36 –
COMP DET
V2-V
V2-L
V2-R
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8400
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (7)
T6000
D6000
RECT
D6043
RECT.
11
R6100
R6006
10
VCC +10V REG
1
LAMP GND
CN6009
IC6003
D6020
Q6008
DRIVE
17
2
TO
LAMP DRIVER
OUT
18
VCC
+9V REG
SET 9V
OUT
2
4
5
8
9
17V
6V
6V
3.3V
3.3V
9
10
16
19
20
CN6019
FAN_VCC
FAN_VCC
SET 9V
SET 5V
SET 5V
TO
C BOARD
CN604
REG_12V
16
DCP 9
UNREG_6V
15
D6015
4
VC1 8
IC6002
D6019
VCC
14
+5V REG
SET5V
OUT
SET 5V
IC6007
13
DCP 9
5
IC6000
1 +3.3V REG. 2
12
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
IC6009
D6029
RECT.
9
1
23 SET 3.3V
24 SET 3.3V
28 STBY 5V
31
B-12V
32
B-12V
35 AUDIO 5V
38 UNREG_6V
40 UNREG_6V
45 Q_10.5V
46 Q_10.5V
49
Q_5V
4
DC/DC
CONVERTER 2
L6002
8
PH6003
1
RELAY_VCC
3
Q6007
RELAY DRIVER
3
D6018
1 VSENSE
VS 15
VG(L) 14
CN6018
LAMP DC
IC6012
Q6001
DRIVE
VG(H) 16
1
2
IC6001
SHUNT
REGULATOR
Q6303,6304
DELAY GATE
11 RELAY_VCC
12 AC_RLY
13 SUB_ON
RELAY_VCC
RY6001
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8401
PH6001
CN6002
4
3
2
1
D6300
SET 5V
RY6002
Q10.5V
F6001 L6012
L6011
D6289
RECT
T6004
R6045
CN6010
AC IN
AC (L) 2
AC (N) 1
6
7,8
4
11,12
IC6005
D6301
Q6000,6009
B+ SWITCH
1
+5V
REG.
5
IC6008
SUB-ON
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
7
9
4
1
2
Q5V
IC6004
VCC
+5V
REG.
OUT
STBY 5V
2
D6298
3
1
PH6002
IC6010
1
3
D6284
2
SHUNT
REGULATOR
PH6004
GT
Q6010,6011
– 37 –
(POWER SUPPLY)
AU_VCC
AU_VCC
AU_GND
AU_GND
C
TO
K BOARD
CN3001
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
4-2. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
LVDS
A
HA
C
B
CN604 to G
GND
+17V
GND
+ 6.5V
+6.5V
GND
GND
+ 3.3V
+ 3.3V
GND
GH
T2
D
T1
1
2
3
CN7155
LAMP_POS
NC
GND
GH
1
2
3
CN7150
LAMP_COV
NC
GND
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6P
7
8
9
10
1
S2
E
1
2
3
4
5
BiMetal
1
1
CN7180
SET_5V
GND
SDA_TV
SCL_TV
GND
GH
CN6009 to C
GND
+17V
GND
+ 6.5V
+6.5V
GND
GND
+ 3.3V
+ 3.3V
GND
XA
CN6013
GND
1
CN6014
GND
1
CN6015
GND
R
FAN2
F
CN602 to BE
GND
MUTE
LVDS PD
GND
SDA
SCL
WP-C
WP-LUT
yobi
GH
CN to BE
1
TA2
TA+
3
DRAIN(GND)
4
TB5
TB+
6
DRAIN(GND)
7
TC8
TC+
9
DRAIN(GND)
10
TCLK11
TCLK+
12
DRAIN(GND)
13
TD14
TD+
15
DRAIN(GND)
16
TE17
TE+
18
GND
19
GND
20
GND
21
GND
actual connection:17pins(LVDS)
Fasten 187
Thermo
Fasten 187
Thermo
FAN1
R
GT
FAN3
P
1
2
G
1
2
CN to AGU
HOLE10
HOLE8
HOLE11
HOLE9
BRAKE6
BRAKE7
BRAKE4
BRAKE5
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
(B to B)
CN6019 to A
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
UNREG_11V
UNREG_11V
RELAY_VCC
AC_RLY
SUB_ON
LOW_B_DET
AC_OFF_DET
SET 9V
GND
GND
SET 5V
SET 5V
GND
GND
SET 3.3V
SET 3.3V
GND
GND
GND
STBY 5V
GND
GND
B_10.5V
B_10.5V
GND
GND
AUDIO 5V
AUDIO_GND
SP_MUTE
AUDIO_MUTE
AUDIO_GND
AUDIO_R
AUDIO_GND
AUDIO_L
Q_GND
Q_GND
Q_10.5V
Q_10.5V
GND
GND
Q_5V
GND
1
CN6011
GND
1
CN6012
GND
R
FAN4
Note:
The parts on this board are
not supplied individually
for service.
HB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
LVDS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN7000 to AGU
GND
KEY
GND
GH
1
2
3
Note:
The parts on this board are
not supplied individually
for service.
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
(VH, PC Board)
CN6018 to LAMP Driver
LAMP DC
NC
LAMP GND
VH
(POWER)
CN6010 AC
AC (N)
AC (L)
VT
1
2
3
4
CN6002
AU_GND
AU_GND
AU_VCC
AU_VCC
PA
CN8815
PC_L
GND
PC_R
GND
SW_5V
GH
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IRIS
(B to B)
CN8401 to G
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
+12V
+12V
RELAY_VCC
AC_RLY
SUB_ON
GND
GND
SET 9V
GND
GND
SET 5V
SET 5V
GND
GND
SET 3.3V
SET 3.3V
GND
GND
GND
STBY 5V
GND
GND
+12V
+12V
GND
GND
AUDIO 5V
AUDIO_GND
AUDIO_GND
UNREG_6V
GND
UNREG_6V
GND
GND
Q_GND
Q_GND
Q_10.5V
Q_10.5V
GND
GND
Q_5V
GND
CN8403 to QM
LAMP_POS
GND
GND/UNREG_11V
SPDIF
GND
SDAT
GND
LRCK
GND
SCLK
GND
MCLK
GH
CN8406
FB(-)
DRIVE(-)
HOUT(-)
HIN(-)
HOUT(+)
HIN(+)
FB(+)
DRIVE(+)
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN7020 to AGU
5V
GND
SDA
SCL
P_ON
GND
SIRCS
POW_LED
STBY_LED
GND
LAMP_LED
P_MUTE_LED
TIMER_LED
GND
STBY 3.3V
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN8405 to B
GND
GND
GND
GND
PANEL_VCC
PANEL_VCC
PANEL_VCC
+12V
+12V
PC_3.3V
GND
PA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
To HB --- 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,13,14,15,17,19
To HA --- 16,18,20
AGU
Note:
The parts on this board are
not supplied individually
for service.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CN8410
5V
GND
SDA_5V
SCL_5V
GND
NC
LAMP_PROT
GND
LAMP_5V
LAMP_CTRL
100W/120W
GND
HV_DET
LAMP_COVER(+)
LAMP_COVER(-)
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN8002
STBY 5V
RELAY_VCC
FAN 1_POW
FAN 1_PROT
GND
FAN 2_POW
FAN 2_PROT
GND
FAN 3_POW
FAN 3_PROT
GND
FAN 4_POW
FAN 4_PROT
GND
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN8814
COMP2_Y
GND
COMP2_CB
GND
COMP2_CR
GND
PA
HPC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN7202 (PA)
L
GND
R
GND
SW_5V
GH
1
2
3
4
5
(L-TYPE, Header) SHLD
CN8004 to HA, HB
5V
GND
SDA_
SCL
P_ON
GND
SIRCS
GND
POW_LED
NC
STBY_LED
NC
LAMP_LED
GND
P_MUTE_LED
GND
TIMER_LED
GND
STBY 3.3V
KEY
CN7201 (PA)
GND
PC-R
GND
PC-G
GND
PC-B
GND
PC-H
GND
PC-V
CN8008(for JIG)
GND
GND
E_MD
E_BINT
SCL_TV
SDA_TV
NC(IIC1)
NC(IIC1)
NC(IIC2)
NC(IIC2)
SCL_E
SDA_E
3.3V
NC
TV_TXD
TV_RXD
E_TXD
E_RXD
NC(UART3)
NC(UART3)
5V
5V
NC(USB1)
NC(USB1)
NC(USB1)
NC
NC(USB2)
NC(USB2)
NC(USB2)
3.3V
NC(USB3)
NC(USB3)
NC(USB3)
NC
TV_RST
E_RST
MD0
DTT_LOG
TU_V_OOUT
GND
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
CN8007(for JIG)
UVCC
XTRST
XRSTIN
XINIT
BREAK
ICD3
ICD2
ICD1
ICD0
ICS2
ICS1
ICS0
GND
ICLK
FFC/FPC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
(Straight, Header)
CN8003 to B
MAIN_YS
GND
FH_SUB
FV_SUB
LAMP_HVDET
PC_WAKEUP_INT
LAMP_PROT
LAMP_COVER
PANEL_SCL
SDA_PANEL
GND
BE_WDT
VSW_VS
VSW_HS
FH_MAIN
FV_MAIN
FR_RST
CMCPU_BUSY
LAMP_CTRL
FR_RST_INT
ACOFF_DET
DIMMER
GND
GND
CMCPU_SDA
CMCPU_SCL
CMCPU_TXD
CMCPU_RXD
GND
GND
IRIS_HALL
FR_FLASH
LUMI_DET
BE_BINT
JIG_FRRST
JIG_BINT
JIG_API_TXD
JIG_API_RXD
GND
GND
SHLD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
CN8005 to QM
10.5V/+12V
10.5V/+12V
GND
GND
JIG_TXD
JIG_RXD
GND
ATSC_RST
ATSC_TXD
ATSC_RXD
ANT_SW1
GND
Q_5V
Q_10.5V
PA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN8400 to HC
1 COMP_DET
2 V2_Y
3 GND
4 V2_L
5 V2_R
6 GND
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(Straight, Header)
CN8404 to B
MAIN GRN/Y
GND
MAIN BLUE/U
GND
MAIN RED/V
GND
MAIN CV/Y
GND
MAINC
GND
SUB GRN/Y
GND
SUB BLUE/U
GND
SUB RED/V
GND
SUB HS
GND
SUB VS
GND
SHLD
CN8001
MCLK
GND
BCLK
LRCK
LR_DATA
M_RST
SCLATCH1
OF_FLAG
SCDT
GND
SCSHIFT
AMP_RST
SP_PROT
A_MUTE
3.3V_SW
GH
CN8006
SUB_V
GND
TU_R
GND
TU_L
GND
AFT
TU_V
GND
TU_SCL
TU_SDA
AGC
GH
(L-TYPE, PC Board)
CN8402 to P
11V
RESET
CEC
SCLK
SDAT
A GND
R
L
GND
PR
GND
PB
GND
Y
GND
GH
CN5004 to AGU
GND
GND
GND
GND
PANEL_VCC
PANEL_VCC
PANEL_VCC
MAIN11V
MAIN11V
PC3.3V
GND
PA
CN5000
GND
MAIN GRN/Y
GND
MAIN BLUE/U
GND
MAIN RED/V
GND
MAIN CV/Y
GND
MAIN C
GND
SUB GRN/Y
GND
SUB BLUE/U
GND
SUB RED/V
GND
SUB HS
GND
SUB VS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN5003 to AGU (L type)
ACN MAIN GRN/Y
GND
ACN MAIN BLUE/U
GND
ACN MAIN RED/V
GND
ACN MAIN CV/Y
GND
ACN MAINC
GND
ACN SUB GRN/Y
GND
ACN SUB BLUE/U
GND
ACN SUB RED/V
GND
ACN SUB HS
GND
ACN SUB VS
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
CN5001
GND
GND
GND
GND
PANEL VCC
PANEL VCC
PANEL VCC
MAIN 11V
MAIN 11V
PC3.3V
GND
CN 4601
GND
PC-R
GND
PC-G
GND
PC-B
GND
PC-H
GND
PC-V
PA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN7800
GND
10.5V
GND
6.0V
GND
3.4V
GND
1.5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN7801
3.3V
3.3V
GND
5.0V
TU_R_OUT
GND
TU_L_OUT
GND
AFT_OUT
TU_V_OUT
GND
TU_SCL
TU_SDA
AGC_MUTE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
ZM9P
ZH9P
I
S Micro
CN to G
CN to AGU
1
LAMP DC
LAMP_PROT
1
2
3
NC
LAMP GND
VH
GND
LAMP_5V
LAMP_CTRL
100W/120W
SH
2
3
4
5
LAMP
Q_5V
Q_10.5V
1
2
3
4
5
Lamp
Connector
ANT Sw
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN7102
COMP2_Y
GND
COMP2_CB
GND
COMP2_CR
GND
PA
1
2
3
4
5
CN7101 to AGU
COMP_DET
V2_V
GND
V2_L
V2_R
6 GND
7
8
9
10
11
12
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GH
HC
B
Note:
The parts on this
board are not
supplied individually
for service.
CN7903(2/2)
GND
GND
GND
GND
CN7802
GND
SCL
SDA
SDATA
GND
AG_MUTE/LRCLK
GND
FE_SCL
GND
FE_SDA
RESET_FE
RESET_POD
XPOD_STBY
HACKPOL
GND
33M_CLK
GND
HIRO#
GND
HACK
GND
HD0
GND
HD1
GND
HD2
GND
HD3
GND
HD4
GND
HD5
GND
HD6
GND
HD7
HA1
CS#
HA0
HRW
GND
FE_SYNC
GND
FE_SCLK
GND
FE_SDATA
GND
FE_VAL
GND
QT
HVDET
ANT_SW1
GND
CN 4600
GND
PC-R
GND
PC-G
GND
PC-B
GND
PC-H
GND
PC-V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CN 9504
11V
RESET
CEC
SCLK
SDAT
A GND
R
8
L
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
GND
PR
GND
PB
GND
Y
GND
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
CN5005 to AGU
MAINYS
GND
FH SUB
FV SUB
LAMP_HVDET
PC_WAKEUP
LAMP_PROT
LAMP_COVER
PANEL_SCL
PANEL_SDA
GND
BE-WDG
VSW_VS
VSW_HS
FH MAIN
FV MAIN
FR_RST
CM_BUSY
BACKLIGHT
FR_RST_INT
ACOFFDET
IRIS_CTL
GND
GND
CMCPU SDA
CMCPU SCL
CMCPU TXD
CMCPU RXD
GND
GND
HALL_OUT
FR_FLASH
LUMIDET
CM_BINT
JIG FRRST
JIG BINT
JIG API TXD
JIG API RXD
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
CN4801 to QG
GND
(GND or DTT_DE)
GND
(GND)
GND
(GND)
(GND)
(GND)
DTT_MUTE
GND
GND
M_D2CLK
GND
M_D2V
GND
M_D2H
GND
DT_DC7
GND
DT_DC6
GND
DT_DC5
GND
DT_DC4
GND
DT_DC3
GND
DT_DC2
GND
DT_DC1
GND
DT_DC0
GND
DT_DY7
GND
DT_DY6
GND
DT_DY5
GND
DT_DY4
GND
DT_DY3
GND
DT_DY2
GND
DT_DY1
GND
DT_DY0
GND
(straight)
CN7903(1/2)
GND
GND
CD2#
IOIS16#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
Do
MOSTRT
GND
A0
MOVAL
A1
REG#
A2
INPACK#
A3
GND
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RESET
A5_ITX
VS2#
A6_ETX
MDI7
GND
A7_QTX
MDI6
A12
MD15
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-1
VPP-1
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
7
VCC 3.3V
8
9
RESET
GND
SH
HDMI
Connector
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
– 38 –
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
CN4803 to QG
GND
DT_GRAVSIN
GND
DT_GRAHSIN
GND
DTOSD_B0IN
GND
DTOSD_B1IN
GND
DTOSD_B2IN
GND
DTOSD_B3IN
GND
DTOSD_B4IN
GND
DTOSD_B5IN
GND
DTOSD_B6IN
GND
DTOSD_B7IN
GND
DTOSD_A0IN
GND
DTOSD_A1IN
GND
DTOSD_A2IN
GND
DTOSD_A3IN
GND
DTOSD_A4IN
GND
DTOSD_A5IN
GND
DTOSD_A6IN
GND
DTOSD_A7IN
GND
CLKGO
GND
VSGO
GND
HSGO
GND
ACOFFDET
GND
(straight)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
CN5403
GND
PANEL_SDA
PANEL_SCL
BINT_WPC
GND
LCD_DCCSEL0
LCD_DCCSEL1
PAWN RST
LVDS_PD
IRQRET
LUT0/PLERST
LUT1/CPUGO
LCD_LUT2
ACC/PDPGO
LCD_BBCSEL
GND(LVDS-TE)
TE+
TEGND(LVDS-TD)
TD+
TDGND(LVDS-CLK)
TCLK+
TCLKGND(LVDS-TC)
TC+
TCGND(LVDS-TB)
TB+
TBGND(LVDS-TA)
TA+
TAGND
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
1
2
3
4
CN4150 XX
GND
B_INT
SDA_A
SCL_A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
actual connection:
17pins(LVDS)
CN5401 to C
TATA+
DRAIN(GND)
TBTB+
DRAIN(GND)
TCTC+
DRAIN(GND)
TCLKTCLK+
DRAIN(GND)
TDTD+
DRAIN(GND)
TETE+
GND
GND
GND
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN5400 to C
GND
MUTE
LVDS PD
GND
SDA
SCL
WP-C
WP-LUT
PAWN_RST
GH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN4003 for JIG
UVCC
XTRST
XRSTIN
XINIT
BREAK
ICD3
ICD2
ICD1
ICD0
ICS2
ICS1
ICS0
GND
ICLK
FFC/FPC(SB-L5905)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
CN3002
MCLK
GND
BCLK
LRCK
LR_DATA
M_RST
SCLATCH1
OF_FLAG
SCDT
GND
SCSHIFT
AMP_RST
SP_PROT
A_MUTE
3.3V_SW
GH
CN7317
GND_1
DT_DY0
GND_1
DT_DY1
GND_1
DT_DY2
GND_1
DT_DY3
GND_1
DT_DY4
GND_1
DT_DY5
GND_1
DT_DY6
GND_1
DT_DY7
GND_1
DT_DC0
GND_1
DT_DC1
GND_1
DT_DC2
GND_1
DT_DC3
GND_1
DT_DC4
GND_1
DT_DC5
GND_1
DT_DC6
GND_1
DT_DC7
GND_1
M_D2H
GND_1
M_D2V
GND_1
M_D2CLK
GND_1
GND_1
DTT_MUTE
TEMPT(GND)
TEMP(GND)
TEMP(GND)
GND_1
TEMP(GND)
GND_1
TEMP(GND)
GND_1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
CN7316
GND_1
DTSD_GRACKIN
GND_1
DYOSD_7IN
GND_1
DYOSD_G6IN
GND_1
DYOSD_G5IN
GND_1
DYOSD_G4IN
GND_1
DYOSD_G3IN
GND_1
DYOSD_G2IN
GND_1
DTOSD_G1IN
GND_1
DTOSD_G0IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R7IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R6IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R5IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R4IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R3IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R2IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R1IN
GND_1
DTOSD_R0IN
GND_1
NC
NC
GND_1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GND_1
NC
NC
GND_1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
CN7315
GND_1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
GND_1
HSGO
GND_1
VSGO
GND_1
CLKGO
GND_1
DYOSD_A7IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A6IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A5IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A4IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A3IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A2IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A1IN
GND_1
DTOSD_A0IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B7IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B6IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B5IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B4IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B3IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B2IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B1IN
GND_1
DTOSD_B0IN
GND_1
DT_GRAHSIN
GND_1
DT_GRAVSIN
GND_1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
CN7313
QT-DET
I2S_SCLK
GND
I2S_SDATA
GND
AG_MUTE/LRCLK
GND
FE_SCL
GND
FE_SDA
RESET_FE#
RESET_POD#
POD_STBY
HACKPOL
GND
33M_CLK
GND
HIRO#
GND
HACK
GND
HD0
GND
HD1
GND
HD2
GND
HD3
GND
HD4
GND
HD5
GND
HD6
GND
HD7
HA1
CS#
HA0
HRW
GND
FE_SYNC
GND
FE_SCLK
GND
FE_SDATA
GND
FE_VAL
GND
QM
Note:
The parts on this board are
not supplied individually
for service.
CN7300
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN9500
D2 +
E
D2 D1 +
E
D1 D0 +
E
D0 -
10
CLK +
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
E
CLK CEC
NC
DDC CLK
DDC DAT
E
DDC +5V
HPD
Note:
The parts on this board are
not supplied individually
for service.
J
CN4802 to QG
GND
SCL(NC)
SDA(NC)
GND
PC_EXIST_H(NC)
PC_EXIST_V(NC)
PC_WAKEUP(NC)
A_CMRST(NC)
A_CMBUSY(NC)
C_BOOT(NC)
NC
GND
Tx(NC)
Rx(NC)
GND
DTOSD_R0IN
GND
DTOSD_R1IN
GND
DTOSD_R2IN
GND
DTOSD_R3IN
GND
DTOSD_R4IN
GND
DTOSD_R5IN
GND
DTOSD_R6IN
GND
DTOSD_R7IN
GND
DTOSD_G0IN
GND
DTOSD_G1IN
GND
DTOSD_G2IN
GND
DTOSD_G3IN
GND
DTOSD_G4IN
GND
DTOSD_G5IN
GND
DTOSD_G6IN
GND
DTOSD_G7IN
GND
DTGRACKIN
GND
(straight)
K
MDI1
MCLKO
MDI0
GND
A13
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
IORD#
A11
GND
VS1#
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
GND
D7
MDO5
D6
NDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
GND
GND
CN9505
DEBUG1
BEBUG2
P87
P86
P85
Nmi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TV_RXD
TV_TXD
GND
GND
JG_TXD
JG_RXD
GND
BOX_RST-IN
TV_TXD
TV_RXD
PA
CN7314
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
PH
GND
SPDIF
GND
SDAT
GND
LRCK
GND
SCLK
GND
MCLK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN7308
GND
10.5V
GND
6.0V
GND
3.4V
GND
1.5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CN3001
GND
GND
PVDD
PVDD
PA
1
2
3
4
CN3003
L+
LR+
RVH
1
2
3
4
TO_QT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
USB
71
"A"receptacle
CN7311
VBUS
DD+
GND
SHIELD
SHIELD
SHIELD
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
CN7903
GND
GND
CD2#
IOIS16#
MDO2
D2
MDO1
D1
MDO0
Do
MOSTRT
GND
A0
MOVAL
A1
REG#
A2
INPACK#
A3
GND
WAIT#
A4_CTX
RESET
A5_ITX
VS2#
A6_ETX
MDI7
GND
A7_QTX
MDI6
A12
MD15
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-2
VPP-1
VPP-1
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
MDI3
IREQ#
MDI2
WE#
MDI1
MCLKO
MDI0
GND
A13
MISTRT
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
IORD#
A11
GND
VS1#
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
MDO6
GND
D7
MDO5
D6
NDO4
D5
MDO3
D4
CD1#
D3
GND
GND
CN7951
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
3.3V
3.3V
GND
GND
5V
CN7952
GND
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
CE1#
A10
OE#
A11
A9_DRX
A8_CRX
A13
MCLKO
WE#
IREQ#
VCC
VPP-1
MIVAL
MCLKI
A12
A7_QTX
A6_ETX
A5_ITX
A4_CTX
A3
A2
A1
A0
D0
D1
D2
IOIS16#
GND
GND
CD1#
MDO3
MDO4
MDO5
MDO6
MDO7
CE2#
VS1#
IORD#
IOWR#
MISTRT
MDI0
MDI1
MDI2
MDI3
VCC
VPP-2
MDI4
MDI5
MDI6
MDI7
VS2#
RESET
WAIT#
INPACK#
REG#
MOVAL
MOSTRT
MDO0
MDO1
MDO2
CD2#
GND
QU
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
4-3. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Terminal name of semiconductors in silk screen
printed circuit ( )
Device
1
*
Printed symbol
Transistor
Base
K
2
QT
C
3
HA
Circuit
Terminal name
Collector
Transistor
Base
Diode
HC
Emitter
Collector
Emitter
Cathode
Anode
Cathode
4
T2
Diode
Anode
(NC)
Cathode
5
Diode
Anode
(NC)
Common
6
7
AGU
Anode
Diode
Cathode
Common
Anode
Cathode
Common
GT
HB
Diode
8
Diode
Anode
Anode
Common
9
HPC
0
S2 QU
qa
Reference information
RESISTOR
Pitch: 5 mm
Rating electrical power 1/4 W (CHIP : 1/10 W)
• All resistors are in ohms.
: nonflammable resistor.
•
• 5 : fusible resistor.
•
: internal component.
•
: panel designation, and adjustment for repair.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted.
•
: earth-ground.
: earth-chassis.
•
• All voltages are in V.
• Readings are taken with a 10 MΩ digital multimeter.
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production
tolerances.
•
* : Can not be measured.
• Circled numbers are waveform references.
V
•
: B + bus.
V
•
: B – bus.
Cathode
Diode
Diode
qd
Transistor
(FET)
Cathode
Anode
Anode
Cathode
Drain
Cathode
Cathode
Anode
Anode
Source
Gate
D
D
G
Note:
F
Cathode
qs
4-4. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
•
Diode
B
• The parts marked “#” on schematic diagrams are not mounted.
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. (pF: µµF)
Capacitors without voltage indication are all 50 V.
• Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating
electrical power, is as follows.
Anode
Common
QM
T1
Anode
Common
P
Power
Supply
Block
Diode
COIL
CAPACITOR
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
RN
RC
FPRD
FUSE
RW
RS
RB
LF-8L
TA
PS
PP
PT
MPS
MPP
ALB
ALT
ALR
METAL FILM
SOLID
NONFLAMMABLE CARBON
NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE
NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND
NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE
NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT
MICRO INDUCTOR
TANTALUM
STYROL
POLYPROPYLENE
MYLAR
METALIZED POLYESTER
METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE
BIPOLAR
HIGH TEMPERATURE
HIGH RIPPLE
Note: The components identified by shading and mark
0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part
number specified.
: Signal path.
– 39 –
Source
Gate
qf
Transistor
(FET)
qg
Transistor
(FET)
Source
Drain
Gate
qh
Transistor
Emitter
Collector
Base
qj
Transistor
qk
Transistor
Drain
G
S
S
D
D
G
G
S
S
C1
C2
E1
E2
C1
C2
E1
E2
E1
E2
C2 B1 E1
B1
B2
E2 B2 C1
C1 B2 E2
E1 B1 C2
B1
ql
w;
wa
ws
Transistor
C1 B2 E2
B2
E1 B1 C2
Transistor
Transistor
C1 B2 E2
E2 B1 E1
C2
Transistor
Transistor
–
Discrete semiconductot
B2
C2
C2
E2
E1(B2)
E2
E2
C1
E1(B2)
C2
C2
C1
C2
B1
B1
C2
(B2)
E2 E1 B1
C2
C1
C1(B2)
C1(B2)
(B2)
B1 E1 E2
C1
wd
B1
E1 B1 C2
B1
C1
(Chip semiconductors that are not actually used are included.)
Ver.1.5
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(1) Schematic Diagram of GT Board
2
1
5
4
3
6
7
8
9
10
12
11
C6079 XX
AC RLY
4
GND
5
17.1
0
VD
C6029
VG(H)
RT
VS
GND
TIMER
SS
VB
VG(L)
VC1
P.GND
OCP
VC2
151
D6010 0.1
50V
XX MPS
D6011
UF4005PKG23
R6047
10
1/4W
FPRD
5
R6263
4.7
1/4W
FPRD
STBY 5V
VCC OUT
GND
FB6003
0uH
C6055
47
25V
D6019
D10SC6M-4012
IC6002 5V REG. BA50BC0T
C6048
2200
16V
5.0
VCC
6.0
SET5V
OUT
GND
C6054
470
16V
D6307
MC2838-T112-1
10
R6005
0
CHIP
R6004
XX
9
R6006
27k
1/10W
RN-CP
0.5%
G
5
T6000
D6029
D10SBS4F
R6054 C6032
C6030 D6012 R6050 10k
47
XX 1/10W RN-CP 2.2M 220p
25V
10.6 D6009
1/4W 1kV R6283 2W
C6028
0.5%
SL
0.1 RS
RN
XX 0.01 25V B 1608
0
C6065
4700
25V
C6035
220
50V
R6059
0
CHIP
PH6003
PC123Y22JOOF
9.4
R6064
1k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
3
R6065
1k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
2
1
2
3
C6052
0.22
50V
3
1
R6074
4.7k
1/10W
RN-CP
2
D6289
D2SB60A-F04
_
C6277
220
250V
R6243
15k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
2
3
C6291
1
4
5
7
0
16
9
151.4
151.6
330
35V
1W
R6245
220
1W
RS
D6280
R6257
1
RS
RD16F-T7B2
R6250
4.7k
D6282
1/10W
10ERB20-TB3 RN-CP
5%
C6290
D6281
0.0015
MTZJ-T-77-8.2B
50V
PT
C6285
150p
50V
CH
1608
H
D6284
XX
10.5
L6010 22uH
2
11
1
12
C6289
0.047 100V
PT
TMP
C6297
3300
16V
Q6000
10.5V REG.
C6298
470
16V
10.5
R6302
100k
R6277 R6278
3.3k
1k
C6283
680p
2kV
R
R6255
0.39
1W
RS
GND
7
GND
8
3.3V
9
3.3V
TO
C BOARD
CN604
B
10 GND
1
GND
2
GND
3
GND
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
GND
8
GND
9
FAN_VCC
C
10 FAN_VCC
18 GND
R6008
XX
19 SET 5V
20 SET 5V
TO
AGU
BOARD
CN8401
D
21 GND
R6009
1k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
22 GND
23 SET 3.3V
24 SET 3.3V
25 GND
1
2
20 15.1
D6001
MC2838-T112-1
3
1.3
4
26 GND
5
27 GND
6.7
28 STBY 5V
C6008
2200p
50V
B
1608
C6006
470
25V
29 GND
30 GND
R6012
22k
1/10W
RN-CP
C6007
L6002
470
33uH
25V
31 B_12V
32 B_12V
34 GND
35 AUDIO 5V
R6011
22k
1/10W
RN-CP
D6002
D10SC4M-F
R6013
1k
E
33 GND
36 GND
37 GND
38 UNREG_6V
1/10W
RN-CP
0.5%
39 GND
40 UNREG_6V
C6304
47
25V
IC6006
XX
3
1
C6299
0.022
25V B
1608
3
GND
GND
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
GND
8
GND
9
2.5
GND
10
2
1
GND
2
0
0
11
GND
12
GND
13
IC6010
MM1431ATT
R6251 R6248
3.9k
3.9k
1/10W 1/10W
RN-CP RN-CP
C6288
XX
R6288 4.7k
1/10W RN-CP
GND
14
GND
15
GND
10.1
PH6004
Q6010
SWITCH
R6304
XX
R6280 R6281
10k
10k
16
GND
17
GND
18
GND
19
0
GND
0
0
20
GND
0
R6287 R6339
0
15k
1/10W CHIP
RN-CP
R6285
8.2k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
2.5
R6279
100k
0.6
Q6011
SWITCH
R6254
10k
R6300 C6321
XX
1k
R6303
XX
R6252
22k
R6253
10k
0.7
0
R6301
0
R6291
0
CHIP
C6300
0.068
16V
B
1608
Q6009
SWITCH
0
C6293
XX
R6296
1k
CN6020
XX
– 40 –
GND
44
GND
45
Q_10.5V
46
Q_10.5V
47
GND
48
GND
49
Q_5V
F
CN6019
50P
BLK
Q 10.5V
GND
R6286 12k
1/10W
RN-CP 5%
GND
43
50 GND
3
C6322
XX
42
STBY 5V
2
5%
R6284 0 CHIP
5.5
5.5
5
C6305
47
25V
10.5
R6297
22
0
VCC OUT
GND
Q 5V
STBY 5V
1
0
1/10W 1/10W
PH6002
PC123Y22JOOF RN-CP RN-CP
1.7
5%
C6284
IC6004
BA50BC0T
5V REG.
D6306
MC2838-T112-1
D6296
ERA22-08TP3
D6298 10ERB20-TB3
6V
6
16 SET 9V
SET 5V
D6301D10SC6M-4012
10
8 7 6 5
D4 D3 D2 D1
C6275
4700p
250V
F
VCC
S1 S2 S3 G
1 2 3 4
G
9
C6025
2200p
250V
E
IC6008
MR4010-7103
1000p 50V B 1608
C6272
4700p
250V
F
_
R6045
0.47
1/2W
151.5 RF
R6244 15k 1/10W RN-CP
C6273
4700p
250V
F
6V
5
15 GND
Q5V
2
OUT
GND
3
C6051
C6053
100
47
8
4
GND
4
41 GND
7
1
C6276
4700p
250V
F
3
10P
14 GND
IC6005
5
17V
11 RELAY_VCC
T6004
F
GND
17 GND
4
3.3
D6022
6
1
2
13 SUB_ON
C6043
XX
0
1
SUB_ON
G
IC6009
PQ1CG2032FZ
XXV REG.
C6041 R6070
0.01
10k
R6068 25V 1/10W
B RN-CP
0
CHIP 1608 5%
IC6001
XX
O
AUGND
R6086 1.2
1W RS
R6058 2.2
1/4W FPRD
IC6011
MM1431ATT
CN6008
XX
FOR JPN BRZ
6
I
A
12 AC_RLY
C6323
470
16V
IC6007
PQ30RV11
3.3V REG.
L6000
10uH
D6015
10ERB20-TB3
R6042
82 1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
R6007
1.8k
1/10W
RN-CP
8
R6057
0.1
2W
RS
S
0
UNREG_6V
D6027
MC2838-T112-1
11
C6306
XX
R6056 470
1/10W RN-CP C6038
XX
5%
Q6004
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
SWITCH
3.3
IC6003 9V REG. BA90BC0T
C6049
2200
16V
12
Q6008
2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q 151
SWICHING
D
SET5V
C6039
4.7
50V
SET9V
13
C6033
220p
1kV
SL
R6051
10k
1/10W 151S R6055
RN-CP0.5%
2.2M
1/4W
RN
R6061
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
C6292
220
16V
6.0
REG_12V
D6020
D5LC20U-4012
14
C6034
0.056
800V
PP
G
R6063
1k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R6268
4.7k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
15
D6028
MC2838-T112-1
6.0
R6071 XX
R6249 1M 1/2W RN
2
CT
12 11 10
3
F/B
16 15 14
AC RLY
V SENSE
9
1
2
4.6
R6019
100
1/10W
RN-CP
0.5%
C6040 R6062
10k
0.1
16V 1/10W
R6270
XX
R6267
4.7k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
1.8
8
C6036
4.7
50V
Q6007
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
SWITCH
R6060
4.7k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
300
7
D6039
MC2838-T112-1
2.8
6
PH6001
PC123Y22JOOF
R6048
10
1/4W
FPRD
18
SUB_ON
Q6003
2SA1235TP-1EF
SWITCH
D6014
MC2838-T112-1
GND
C6023
1608 B 25V 0.01
R6020 9.1k
0.5% RN-CP 1/10W
C6024
1608 CH 50V 1000p
R6035 18k
0.5% RN-CP 1/10W
R6034 XX
C6026
50V 10
C6022
50V 3.3
C6021
50V 47
C6020
1608 B 25V 0.01
D6013
XX
300
D
155
IC6000
MCZ3001DB
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
CONTROL
5
R6262
4.7k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
5
STBY5V
1
D6008 XX
R6305
XX
D6016
XX
CN6007
XX
FOR BRZ
E
CHOKE OUT
CHOKE IN
1
R6290
XX
R6029
270k
1/4W
RN
4
PRI DC-
Q6002
XX
Q6001
2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q
SWICHING
R6043
470
1/4W
RF
3
4
D6302
MC2838-T112-1
R6031
240k
1/4W
RN
2
3
R6261
1k 1/2W
FPRD
R6030
240k
1/4W
RN
16
5
LAMP GND
CN6009
3.3
1
NC
PRI DC-
R6273
4.7
1/4W
FPRD
C6329
XX
D6297
MC2838-T112-1
2
R6289
XX
4
LAMP DC
R6023
220
1/10W
4
17.6
C6044
330
25V
FB6004
0uH
17
3
SET17V
R6018
D6018
0.47
1/4W D2L20U-TA
FPRD
18
2
FB6000 FB6001 FB6002
0.45uH 0.45uH 0.45uH
R6032
240k
1/4W
RN
D6304
XX
D6300
ERA22-08TP3
1
D6033
R6099
470k
C6078
1200
R6016
0.1
1/2W
RF
RY6001
RY6000
XX
R6346 R6347
XX
XX
RY6002
PRI DC+
JW6003
D6032
L6004
10uH
R6017
0.47
1/4W
FPRD
R6075 R6072 18k
XX 1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
R6342 R6343
XX R6345
XX
XX
CN6004
XX
TAB(CONTACT)
1
JW6020
JW6019
R6098
470k
1/2W
CHIP
C6077
1200
250V
JW6004
D6000
D4SB60L-F
STBY 5V
R6340 R6341
XX
XX
JW6012 7.5
R6259
3.3
10W
RW
R6344
XX
1
PRI DC+
3
AC (L)
AC (N)
1
FH6000 FH6001
F6000
6.3A
250V
1
E
C6045
0.47
250V
PT
JW6011 7.5
CN6003
XX
D
2
E
1
E
E
1
E
1
E
1
1
2
3
E
C6003
XX
2
R6010
1
_
1
4
L6011
L6012
1
1
3
R6022
3.3k
1/10W
C6009
470
IC6012
KA278RA05CYDTU
C6089
XX
C6002
XX
JW6001
VD6000
R6021
XX
C6085
4700p
500V E
JW6002
C6286
0.47
250V
PT
CAM601
JL6009
C
2
CN6010
2P
VD6002
VD6001 XX
CAM602
3
AC IN
120V AC
60Hz
2
1
B
AC (L)
4
C6274
0.47
250V
VD6003
C6004
XX
JL6006
JL6005
C6084
100
400V
_
CAM600
1
C6005
XX
_
JW6016
JL6002
C6280
2200p
250V
E
2200p
250V
E
C6083
100
400V
TO LAMP DR
CN6018
BLK 3P
JL6004
R6003
100k
2W RS
JW6013 JW6014
XX
XX
JL6003
C6279
R6246
8.2M
1/2W RN
R6002
100k
2W RS
C6082
XX
C6080
XX
R6100 0.1
1/2W RF
L6009
1mH
_
JW6015 SG6000 CAM603
JW6017
AC (N)
CN6016
XX
FOR BRZ
D6034 C6081
D4SBL40
XX
_
CN6015
JL6008
CN6005
XX
CN6017
XX
A
_
CN6011 CN6012 CN6013 CN6014
L6003
10uH
1
AU_GND
2
AU_GND
3
AU_VCC
4
AU_VCC
TO
K BOARD
CN3001
G
CN6002
4P
GT BOARD (POWER SUPPLY)
H
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(2) Schematic Diagram of HA Board
1
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
A
A
B
B
C
S7002
S7001
S7000
R7001
220
1/10W
RN-CP
R7002
470
1/10W
RN-CP
S7003
R7003
910
1/10W
RN-CP
S7004
R7004
1.8k
1/10W
RN-CP
S7005
R7005
3.9k
1/10W
RN-CP
0.5%
C
C7000 0.1
25V B 1608
VD7000
XX
D
D7000
XX
D7001
XX
3
GND
2
KEY
1
GND
CN7000
3P
WHT
TO AGU BOARD
CN8004
D
HA BOARD (USER CONTROL)
E
E
F
F
– 41 –
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(3) Schematic Diagram of HB Board
2
1
3
4
6
5
7
8
A
A
P_MUTE_RED
B
R7025
220
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7024
220
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7022
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
Q7020
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
R7023
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
C7022
0.01
50V
F
1608
2.5 0.1
0
0.7
C7024
0.01
50V
F
1608
0 0
D7024
SML-020MVT-T86
R7029
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7026
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
Q7021
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
G
G
R
C7025
0.1
25V
F
1608
D7022
SML-020MVT-T86
TIMER_GREEN
R
HB
POWER_GREEN
STBY_RED
C7027
0.01
50V
F
1608
R7027
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7033
220
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7032
220
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
Q7023
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
0
R7031
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
2.6
2.4
0
B
Q7024
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
0
0
C7028
0.01
50V
F
1608
R7034
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7035
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
D7023
SML-310LTT86
GND
OUT
3.3 3.3
2.4
R7020
1.5k
1/10W
RN-CP
R7021
47
1/10W
RN-CP
C7020
0.1
25V
F
1608
D
C7021
10
50V
0
0
D7021
XX
R7039
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
R7030
10k
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
C
C7026
0.01
50V
F
1608
D
D7020
XX
GND 14
STBY+3.3V 15
TIMER_LED 13
P_MUTE_LED 12
GND 10
LAMP_LED 11
STBY_LED 9
SIRCS 7
SCL 4
P_ON 5
GND 6
POW_LED 8
CN7020
15P
WHT
SDA 3
D7025
XX
5V 1
C7023
0.01
50V
F
1608
S7020
E
R7028
220
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
Q7022
2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
GND 2
C
VCC
IC7020
RPM7240-H8
E
R7048
XX
R7047 22
1/10W RN-CP
R7046 22
1/10W RN-CP
8
1
2
7
3
6
4
5
F
R7044 XX
IC7021
LM75BIM-5/NOPB
R7042
0
CHIP
R7040
0
CHIP
R7045
0
CHIP
R7043
XX
R7041
XX
C7029
0.1
25V
F
1608
C7031
1
10V
B
1608
C7030 C7032
10p
10p
50V
50V
CH
CH
1608
1608
F
– 42 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(4) Schematic Diagram of HC Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN7100
XX
A
J7100
VD7102
VD7108
1
E
1
COMP2_Y
2
GND
3
COMP2_CB
4
GND
5
COMP2_CR
6
GND
A
CN7102
6P
WHT
VD7101
VD7109
R
B
B
VD7100
VD7110
R7123
0
CHIP
CN7101
12P
WHT
D7108
UDZSTE-173.9B
R7111
0
CHIP
C
J7101
JL7102
V
JL7101
L
R7124
220
1/10W
RN-CP
JL7100
R
R7125 R7105
220 220
1/10W 1/10W
RN-CP RN-CP
VD7105
XX
R7104
220k
1/10W
RN-CP
VD7104
XX
R7110
1k
1/10W
RN-CP
C7102
1000p
50V
B
1608
R7103
220k
1/10W
RN-CP
VD7103
XX
R7109
1k
1/10W
RN-CP
C7101
1000p C7103
10
50V
50V
B
1608
C7104
10
50V
C7100
XX
R7128
XX
D
D7102
UDZSTE-175.6B
D7101
UDZSTE-1710B
1
COMP_DET
2
V2_V
3
GND
4
V2_L
5
V2_R
6
GND
7
HP_L
8
GND
9
HP_R
10
GND
11
HP_DET
12
NC
C
TO A BOARD
D7100
UDZSTE-1710B
D
R7129
XX
R7106
XX
J7102
XX
C7110
XX
C7112
XX
C7111
XX
D7109
XX
D7110
XX
C7113
XX
C7114
XX
D7111
XX
R7126
XX
E
E
CN7104
XX
FB7100
XX
3
NC
4
GND
5
CN7103
XX
F
C7108
XX
1
2
HM_DP
2
HM_DM
L7101 XX
4
1
3
U_5V
C7109
XX
VD7113 VD7111 VD7112
XX
XX
XX
HC BOARD
(FRONT INPUTS/OUTPUTS)
– 43 –
F
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(5) Schematic Diagram of K Board
1
3
2
4
6
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
GND
1.8V
3.3V
12V
GND
GND
PVDD
PVDD
1
3
4
1
2
3
4
XX
R3001
0
CHIP
R3020 10k 1/16W
D+3.3V
2
A
CN3001
4P
WHT
1
CN3004
A
R3152
0
CHIP
CHIP 5%
DGND
R3154
0
CHIP
IC3002
SN74LV08APWR
R3005
0
CHIP
1A
0
0
GND
0
C3101
0.22
16V
F
1608
4
3
1
2
C3065
Q3004
2SC1623-T1-L5L6
Vadj
GND
Vin
11.1
L3002
10uH
D3004 P6SMB39AT3
C3073 C3097
680p 680p
17.7
50V
50V
C3078
0.22
16V
F
R3100
18 1/10W
EB3004
XX
C
7.4
7.4
0
1
50V
MPS
1
50V
MPS
C3074
0.033
25V B
2012
R3103
3.3
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
C3071
1
50V
MPS
R3062
2.7
1/10W
RN-CP
C3027
1500
35V
1
50V
MPS
C3060
1500
35V
7.5
Q3003
Q3002
2SA1602TP-1EF
R3113 2SA1602TP-1EF
MUTING
0
MUTING
C3011
4.7
16V
F
3216
CHIP
R3035 CHIP
100k 5%
1/16W
0
C3053
1000p
50V
B
1005
7.4
7.4
0
Q3006
2SA1602TP-1EF
MUTING
C3037
1000p
50V
B
1005
C3045 C3038
1000p 0.1
50V
50V
B
B
1005 2012
C3056
1000p
50V
C3057
B
C3054 C3055
0.1
0.1
1005
0.1
50V C3063 50V
C3062 50V
B
B
1000p B
1000p
50V 2012 2012
50V 2012
B
B
1005
1005
R3096
2.7
1/10W
RN-CP
D
7.4
7.5
R3063
2.7
1/10W
RN-CP
C3034
1000p
50V
B
1005
C3044 C3035 C3036
0.1
0.1
1000p
50V 50V
50V
B
B
B
2012
2012
1005
C3098
XX
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1.5
46 HPVDDL
47 XVDD
3.6
45 HPOUTL1
44 HPVSSL
3.4 43 HPOUTL2
42 HPVDDR
41 HPOUTR1
40 HPVSSR
48 XFSOIN
C3090
1000p
50V
B
1005
C3077
0.22
16V
F
1608
C3043
L3001
10uH
4
9 10 11 12
8
XOVSS 13
XOVDD 15
XFSOOUT 14
DVSS 17
DVDD 16
0
3.4
NSPMUTE 18
3.4
SOFTMUTE 19
3.4
3.4
SCDT 21
PGMUTE 20
1.8
3.4
1
7.5
15.1
1608
C3075 C3076 R3102
3.3
22
0.1
16V 16V 1/10W
F RN-CP
5%
1608
C3030
1
4
5
3.4
G
EMI
R3108
100
1/16W
CHIP
5%
0
1
Q3005
2SA1602TP-1EF
MUTING
2
1.3
3
2
1
1.7
D3005 XX
3Y
VCC
2A
1Y
7
8
3
4
GND
2
3A
1
6
2Y
C3091
10p
50V
CH
1005
X3001
49.1MHz
GVDD_C
GVDD_D
BST_D
0
EB3003
XX
7.5
R3027
10k
1/16W R3114
0
CHIP
CHIP
5%
0
C3012
R3039 R3038
4.7
100k 120k
1/16W 1/16W 16V
F
CHIP CHIP
5% 3216
5%
D3003 P6SMB39AT3
19
L3006
1uH
R3107 R3101
3.3
1M
1/16W 1/10W
CHIP RN-CP
5%
5%
VDD
R3029
100k
1/16W
CHIP
5%
3.4
D3001
15.1
P6SMB39AT3
7.5
C3026 0.1 50V B 2012 C3028
47
47
C3033
25V
C3042 25V
0.1
50V
7.5
20
C3086
10p CH
50V 1005
PWM_D
PVDD_D
C3023
0.22 R3053
3.3
16V 1/10W
7.5 C3059 0.1 50V C3061
47
C3068 47
25V
25V
C3070
0.1
50V
21
R3106
0
CHIP
/RST_CD
OUT_D
GND
B
1
R3168
XX
15.1
22
11.1
R3151
220
JL3009 1/10W
RN-CP
5%
PWM_C
GND
Q304
MUTE
SWITCH
C3019
100
16V
23
11.1
M1
OUT_C
R3025
3.3k
1/16W
RN-CP
C3008
100
16V
24
CHIP
1.7
M2
C3007
0.1
16V
F
1005
D3002
P6SMB39AT3
15.1
C3095 R3077
18
C3046
680p 50V 680p
C3047
50V 1/10W
17.7 0.033 25V C3049
0.033 25V
R3085 18 1/10W
17.7
680p 50V
C3096 680p 50V C3050
25
R3098
0
R3099
XX
PVDD_C
EB3002
C3006
4.7
16V
26
5
R3110
XX
R3109
XX
3
BST_C
18
C3092
XX
R3095
XX
BST_B
17
CHIP
5%
1.7
GND
R3026
3.3k
1/16W
RN-CP
27
CLK GEN
C3084
0.01
25V
B
1005
VREG
PVDD_B
16
C3080
FL3001 22
0uH
10V
EMI
GND
OUT_B
15
R3150
0
CHIP
GND
GND
14
C3083
0.1
16V
F
1005
OC_ADJ
13
IC3007
MC74VHC1GU04DFT1
PWM_B
GND
12
C3089
XX
R3022
100k
1/16W
28
3.4
C3048
0.1
16V
F
1005
G
FL3002
0uH
R3019 R3021
100k 120k
1/16W 1/16W
3.3 VREG
29
0
/RST_AB
30
XVSS
OUT_A
31
VSUBC
XX
PVDD_A
32
0
JL3008
B
1005
NJM2387DL2-TE1
IC3003
17.7 C3024 25V C3025 680p
50V
R3056
0.033
18
1/10W
C3094 680p 50V B1005
33
0
DGND
JL3010
G
C3081 C3082
0.1
0.1
16V
16V
F
F
1005 1005
VSSR
R3074 XX R3076
39k
1/16W
CHIP
5%
R3080
AUDIO R
4
C3087
XX
XFSIIN
OUTR2
1.7
PWM_A
3
R3002 1/16W 10k
5% CHIP
R3082
0
CHIP
R3089 C3052
0.1
0
16V
CHIP
F
1005
3
R3081
XX
DVDD
R3104
220
1/16W
CHIP
5%
C3085 100
10V
C3088 0.01
25V
TEST
3.4
2
C3079
0.01
25V
B
1005
R3105 100k
1/16W
BFVSS
VDDR
1.7
R3067 0 CHIP
/SD
1.7
5
IC3008
NJM2870F18(TE2)
1.8V REG.
BFVDD
VSSR
OUTR1
R3073 C3032
0.1
0
16V
CHIP
F
1005
1
F
C3072
100
10V
DATA
R3068
XX
BST_A
34
1.7
BCK
1.7
AUDIO L
11
16V
AUDIO
L/R
IC3006
CXD9788AR
S-MASTER
PROCESSOR
3.4
10
1.8
LRCK
R3066
0
CHIP
9
0
0.1
C3067
R3117
XX
R3118
XX
R3119
XX
R3120
XX
R3121
XX
R3122
XX
R3123
XX
0
R3092 0 CHIP
MCKSEL
R3058
XX
1.7
/OTW
8
1005
VSSL
VDDL
GVDD_B
GVDD_A
7
11
10
0
3.4
OUTL2
VSSL
OUTL1
INIT
R3055 1/16W
10k CHIP 3.4
R3057 1/16W
100 CHIP 3.4
R3017
1.7
1/16W 10k CHIP
1
R3160
XX
R3161
XX
R3162
XX
R3163
XX
R3165
XX
R3166
XX
R3167
XX
12V
R3030
1k
R3115
XX 1/16W
11.1
6
12
9
1.7
C3051 0.1 16V F
C3021
0.22
16V
F
1608 11.1
5
13
8
R3084 10k 1/16W
5
R3024
10k
1/16W
CHIP
35
14
R3072 0 CHIP
220 1/16W
CHIP
5%
R3112
220
CHIP
1/16W 5%
1.7
0
1.7
FLAGL
OVF
SFLAG
1
2
3
4
3.2 3.4 1.3
R3116
XX
36
R3164
C3041 R3065 10k
0
CHIP 1000p
50V
JL3005
4
3.4
JL3007
0
3.2
R3009
4.7k
1/16W
RN-CP
C3100
C3099
IC3005 0.22
0.22
16V CXD9845M 16V
F S-MASTER F
1608
AMP
1608
3
15
7
1.6
E
R3060
0
CHIP
C3010
0.1
16V
F
1005
C3093
XX
6.3V
100
C3009
2
16
0
1.6
R3070
220
1/16W
C3003
100
35V
C3002
1000p
50V
R3010 B
4.7k 1608
1/16W
RN-CP
JL3004
1
17
3.3
1.6
3.4
R3032 22 1/16W CHIP
5%
3.4
3.4 R3086 22 1/16W CHIP
5%
R3088 CHIP
22
5%
1/16W
R3111 220 1/16W
0
5%
CHIP
R3075 220 1/16W
1.7
5%
CHIP
R3079
1.7
6
1
3.3
5
2
R3078
100 1/16W
3.3
4
GND
MCLK
CN3002
15P
WHT
R3059 100 1/16W
R3064 100 1/16W
SCSHIFT 22
3
3.4
4
BCLK
R3049
0
CHIP
11.1
1.8V
R3028
XX
C3020 C3013
0.1
0.1
16V
16V
F
F
1005 1005
R3046
10k
1/16W
CHIP
5%
3.4
5
LRCK
R3071 100 1/16W
C3022 F
0.1 1005
16V
3.4
R3158
0
CHIP
R3159 0 CHIP
R3007 R3008
56k 68k
1/16W 1/16W
R3006
47k
1/16W
C3004 C3005 RN-CP
0.1
100 16V
16V
F
1005
7
R3050
3.3
1/10W
RN-CP
5%
OVF
FLAGR 24
SCLATCH 23
LR_DATA
R3048 0
18
6
R3054 100 1/16W
19
M_RST
R3047 0
20
7
3
8
SN74LVC541APWR
IC3004
BUFFER
R3051 100 1/16W
2
OF_FLAG
SCLATCH1
C3014 C3015 C3016 R3044C3017
XX
XX
XX
10k XX
R3041 R3042 R3043 1/16W R3045
0 CHIP
0
0
0
CHIP CHIP CHIP 5% CHIP
5
EB3001
R3157
0
CHIP
R3016
10k
1/16W
R3034
10k
1/16W
CHIP
5%
37 FSOCKO
0
38 FSOI
1.7 39 HPOUTR2
9
1
D
SCDT
CHIP
R3036 0 CHIP
R3052 100 1/16W
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
GND 10
TO
AGU BOARD
CN8001
CHIP
0
6
R3023
0
CHIP
+1.8V
SCSHIFT 11
0
R3033
R3015
100
1/16W
R3018
XX
1.8
AMP_RST 12
R3040
5
D+3.3V
CHIP
AUDIO L / R
A_MUTE 14
SP_PROT 13
AUDIO L / R
3.3V_SW 15
0
4
1
2
3
4
3.2 11.1 1.3
1
R3155 0 CHIP
R3156
0
CHIP
PS3001
5A
72V
12V REG
JL3003
R3012
100
1/16W
Q3001
XX
JL3011
R3037
3
R3013 R3011
0
100
1/16W CHIP
R3031
XX
C
2
3.4
1
15.1
3.4
B
GND
8
Vadj
9
Vin
10
Vout
0
0
3.4
11
IC3001
NJM2387DL2-TE1
ON
OFF
CONT
Vout
12
VCC
13
3.4
3.4
3.4
JL3002
14
R3014
10k
1/16W
ONOFF CONT
C3001
0.1
16V
20 mmV (49.1MHz)
R3153
0
CHIP
R3003 R3004
0
0
CHIP CHIP
E
C3039
0.1
50V
B
2012
SPEAKER
L
1
L+
2
L-
3
R+
4
R-
C3058
0.1
50V
B
2012
CN3003
4P
SPEAKER
R
F
R3097
2.7
1/10W
RN-CP
C3102
0.22
16V
F
1608
G
K BOARD (AUDIO)
INIT
IC3009
XX
H
H
– 44 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(6) Schematic Diagram of QT (1/3) Board
1
2
3
A
4
10.5V
CN7800
8P
FB7800
MPZ1608S221A
2A
JL7824
JL7850
3.4V
6.0V
C7800
47
16V
AL EL
C7801
100
10V
AL EL
5
FB7802
JL7826 MPZ2012S101A
JL7851
JL7827
10.5V
R7821
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
C7802
100
10V
AL EL
R7819
22k
1/10W
:CHIP
R7820
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
C7815
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
R7822
22k
1/10W
:CHIP
XPOD_STBY
6.0V
E
R7810
0
1/10W
:CHIP
JL7829
3.4V
R7893
470k
1/10W
:RN-CP
C7818
4.7
16V
B:3216
C7821
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
R7892
68k
1/10W
:RN-CP
R7803
100
1/10W
:CHIP
C7810
4.7
16V
B:3216
R7891
6.8k
1/10W
:RN-CP
C7859
4.7
10V
B:3216
1.8V
JL7831
C7823
22
6.3V
B:3216
C7813
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
C7860
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
C7824
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
IC7800
MIC49300
LDO (ADJ)
IC7802
NJM2846DL2-05
5V
R7801
#
:CHIP
JL7830
C7807
4.7
16V
B:3216
POD_5V
JL7841
IC7801
XC6219B182MR
R7896
0
:2012
R7802
#
F
IC7808
NJM2846DL2-05
C7875
4.7
16V
B:3216
XPOD_STBY
C7814
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
R7808
100k
1/10W
:CHIP
C7825
4.7
50V
AL EL
6.0V
C7874
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
3.4V
R7894
10k
1/10W
R7804
1k
1/10W
:CHIP
9V
IC7803
MIC5235YM5 TR
C7808
4.7
16V
B:3216
C7816
0.022
50V
F:CHIP
C7809
47
16V
AL EL
D7804 #
D
10
IC7804
TK11819MTL
L7801
1.2mH
:CHIP
C7817
4.7
10V
B:3216
C7820
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
3.4V
1.5V
1.1V
5V
R7800
0
:CHIP
R7897
0
:2012
C7804
22
6.3V
B:3216
JL7832
C7806
1
10V
F:CHIP
R7809
10k JL7828
1/10W
:CHIP
L7802
22uH
:CHIP
Q7807
2SC3052EF-T1-1EF
C7876
#
R7889
#
:2012
R7890
0
:2012
9
L7800
22uH
:CHIP
XPOD_STBY
FB7801
MPZ2012S101A
10.5V
C7811
0.022
50V
F:CHIP
Q7806
2SA1235TP-1EF
C7803
100
10V
AL EL
C
8
1.5V
FB7803
JL7825 MPZ1608S221A
B
7
6
R7806
22
1/10W
:RN-CP
C7812
0.01
25V
B:CHIP
C7805
0.1
25V
B:CHIP
D7800
#
C7819
22
6.3V
B:3216
G
– 45 –
C7822
#
R7807
200
1/10W
:RN-CP
R7805
1k
1/10W
:RN-CP
C7826
0.1
50V
F:CHIP
C7827
4.7
50V
AL EL
32V
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(7) Schematic Diagram of QT (2/3) Board
1
2
TU7800
BTD-CA811Z
R7815
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
C7946
1000p
B:CHIP
C7828
1000p
B:CHIP
4
R7851
15k
1/10W
:CHIP
5V
A
Q7803
2SC3052EF-T1-1EF
AGC MUTE
JL7833
R7832 27k 1/10W :RN-CP
POD_5V
C7950
1000p
B:CHIP
L7811
10uH
:CHIP
C7858
4.7
16V
B:3216
9V
R7843
#
D7806
#
R7852
470
1/10W
:CHIP
JL7838
R7817
0
:CHIP
C7843
0.01
25V
B:CHIP
R7835
0
:CHIP
POD_5V
C7850
100
10V
AL EL
L7809
10uH
:CHIP
JL7835
R7850 R7841
10k
470
1/10W 1/10W
:CHIP :CHIP
R7846
#
R7848
#
D7802
SML-210MT-T86
:GREEN
D7801
SML-210VTT86
:RED
C7841
10
6.3V
B:2012
C7847
470
10V
AL EL
5V
R8004
C7840
10
6.3V
B:2012
C7846
100
10V
AL EL
R7859
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
R7861
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
D7805
#
C7867
10
6.3V
B:CHIP
C7868
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
:1005
TU_TSENA
TU_TSDATA
TU_TSCLK
TU_TSSYNC
CN7802
49PIN FFC(TAIKO)
JL7820
IC7806
CD74HC4053M-96
I2C SWITCH
R7999
#
RB7912 RB7917
#
TSOSTART
TSOCLOCK
TSODATA
TSOVALID
R7995
#
R7991
0
1/10W
:CHIP
JL7819
HBUS
R7992
0
1/10W
:CHIP
FDC_CRX
FDC_DRX
JL7811
JL7810
JL7809
HD4
TU_TS
IC7807
SN74LV125APWR
I2C SWITCH
C7872
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
C7945
15p
CH:CHIP
JL7807
HD2
R7993
#
C7873
10
6.3V
B:CHIP
JL7808
HD3
R7994
0
1/10W
:CHIP
L7812
10uH
:CHIP
JL7806
HD1
JL7805
HD0
JL7804
HACK#
TU_TSCLK
TU_TSDATA
TU_TSENA
TU_TSSYNC
JL7803
HIRQ#
R7888 331/10W :CHIP
33M_CLK
JL7842
JL7802
RB7914
HACKPOL
:1005
XPOD_STBY
RESET_FE
HRESET#
JL7843
JL7844
JL7845
JL7847
R7867
470
1/10W
:CHIP
Q7804
2SC3052EF-T1-1EF
LED SWITCH
R7866
3.3k
1/10W
:CHIP
R7863
22k
1/10W
:CHIP
JL7815
JL7814
JL7813
JL7812
3.4V
3.4V
R7860
22k
1/10W
:CHIP
HRW#
HA0
HCS
HA1
HD7
HD5
RB7918
#
H
JL7816
HD6
G
C7865
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
JL7860
JL7817
R8005
#
I
JL7858
JL7859
R7854
0
1/10W
:CHIP
1.1V
FB7808
MPZ1608S221A
2A
CHIP:1608
MPEG_SDATA
MPEG_CLK
MPEG_ENA
R7853
22k
1/10W
:CHIP
JL7856
JL7857
R7883 0 :CHIP
JL7818
RB7913
POD_TS
JL7855
RB7916
C7870
#
25V
F:CHIP
L7806
10uH
:CHIP
R7816 0 1/10W :CHIP
R7833 01/10W :CHIP
F
R8002
0
1/10W
:CHIP
R8001
#
L7810
10uH
:CHIP
C7855
100
10V
AL EL
JL7837
C7837
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
FB7903
BK1608HM102
R7842
0
:CHIP
R8000
4.7k
1/10W
:CHIP
R7870
#
1.8V
C7838
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
R7818 0 :CHIP
JL7853
JL7854
3.4V
C7845
C7851
10
0.1
25V
6.3V
F:CHIP B:2012
JL7836
E
3.4V
POD_5V
5V
R7825 0 :CHIP
R7839 0 :CHIP
RESET_FE
5V POD_5V
3.4V
R7845
1k
1/10W
:CHIP
FB7902
BK1608HM102
D
JL7852
R7885 0 :CHIP
R7877 0 :CHIP
Q7802 C7853
2SC3775 0.1
BUFFER 25V
F:CHIP
R7844
100
1/10W
:CHIP
CN7801
14P
JL7867
R7886 0 :CHIP
R8003
5V
C7849 L7808
100
10uH
10V
AL EL :CHIP
C7842
0.01
25V
B:CHIP
R7865
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
JL7846
R7879 #
D7803
SML-210VTT86
:RED
Q7805
2SC3052EF-T1-1EF
LED SWITCH
J
– 46 –
12
PODVPP
R7878 0 :CHIP
C7834 L7804
47
10uH
16V
:CHIP
AL EL
JL7839
R7831
56k 1/10W :RN-CP
C7830
0.1 25V F:CHIP
11
JL7866
5V
9V
C7829
0.01
25V
B:CHIP
10
PODVCC
JL7840
C
9
5V
R7864
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
C7836 C7839 L7805
470
#
2.2uH
10V
:CHIP
AL EL
32V
C7835
4.7
50V
AL EL
C7831
1000p
50V
B:CHIP
C7949
8
FB7811
BK1608HM102
C7832
0.01
25V
B:CHIP
JL7834
7
6
FB7810
BK1608HS121
FB7809
BK1608HS121
C7948
5
R7858
100
1/10W
:CHIP
C7852
2.2
10V
B:2012
C7947
B
3
13
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(8) Schematic Diagram of QT (3/3) Board
4
5
FDC_DRX
3.4V
MCLKI
MIVAL
R7940
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
C
HRW#
D
C7906
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
MDO1
D1
MDO0
C7943
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
PODVPP
FB7905
BK1608HM601
D0
C7944
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
MOSTRT
A0
3.4V
C7907
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
RB7903
MOVAL
A1
R7919
1k
1/10W
:CHIP
A2
A3
RB7909
RB7901 47
WAIT#
A4
RST
A5
IREQ#
WE#
MCLKO
A8_CRX
A9_DRX
1.8V
RB7910
OE#
A10
CE1#
D7
D6
D4
D5
IC7900
CXD1969R
POD I/F CONTROL
MDI3
A6
POD_5V
R7911
10
R7910
1/10W
10
:CHIP 1/10W
:CHIP
R7912 33 1/10W :CHIP
1.8V
FB7901
BK1608HM601
C7929
1
10V
F:CHIP
C7931
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
C7951
1.8V
F
R7909
0
1/10W
:CHIP
MDI5
MCLKI
MDI4
MIVAL
C7933
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
IC7907
TPS2012ADR
1A
POWER SWITCH
3.4V
C7935
1
10V
F:CHIP
3.4V
RB7906
MDI6
JL7864
RB7911
R7915
10
1/10W
:CHIP
FB7906
BK1608HM601
C7912
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
A7
PODVPP
D3
MDI2
MDI7
IC7906
TPS2091DR
250MA
POWER SWITCH
A11
RB7900 47
E
C7905
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
C7934
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
PODVCC
C7932
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
JL7865
R7941
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
MDI2
MDI1
MCLKO
MDI0
MDI1
MDI0
MISTRT
3.4V
MDI3
IREQ#
WE#
R7987
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
R7989
100k
1/10W
:CHIP
R7990
#
:CHIP
R7997
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
MISTRT
R7954
100k
1/10W
:CHIP
A8_CRX
IOWR#
A9_DRX
IORD#
A11
HBUS
R7913 10 1/10W :CHIP
G
R7952
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
1.8V
RB7908
3.4V
RB7902
HRESET#
R7998
10k
1/10W
:CHIP
MDO2
TSOVALID
TSODATA
TSOCLOCK
TSOSTART
33M_CLK
CN7903(1/2)
80-PIN FFC
V-TYPE
T-D 141001180W
D2
FB7904
BK1608HM601
HA0
HCS
HA1
HD7
HD6
HD5
HD4
HD3
HD2
HD1
HD0
HACK#
HIRQ#
HACKPOL
12
CD2#
IC7904
SN74AHC1G04DCKR
INVERTER
R7908
#
11
PODVCC
RB7907
C7908
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
B
10
A5
A7
A6
WAIT#
RST
FDC_CRX
9
RB7905
RB7904
CD2#
MPEG_SDATA
MPEG_CLK
MPEG_ENA
TU_TS
8
MDI7
MDI6
MDI5
MDI4
A
7
6
D2
3
D1
D0
A1
A0
A3
A2
A4
2
MDO2
MDO1
MDO0
MOSTRT
MOVAL
1
IOWR#
IORD#
CE2#
R7914 10 1/10W :CHIP
OE#
CE2#
A10
MDO7
CE1#
POD_TS
H
MDO6
MDO7
MDO6
MDO5
MDO4
MDO3
D7
MDO5
D6
MDO4
D5
MDO3
CD1#
D4
CD1#
D3
I
CN7903(2/2)
80-PIN FFC
V-TYPE
T-D 141001180W
J
– 47 –
13
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(9) Schematic Diagram of QU Board
1
2
3
5
CN7951
5P
S5B-ZR-SM3A
A
CN7953
80-PIN FFC
SIDE-TYPE
B
4
C7951
1
10V
F:CHIP
C7952
1
10V
F:CHIP
C
D
E
F
G
H
– 48 –
C7953
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
C7954
0.1
25V
F:CHIP
CN7952
AMP_1473442-1
PCMCIA CARD
6
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(10)
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Schematic Diagram of S2 Board
1
2
3
4
A
A
R7180
XX
R7181 22
1/10W RN-CP
R7182 22
1/10W RN-CP
+V
2
SCL
A0
7
3
O.S
A1
6
4
GND
A2
5
8
1
B
SDA
R7183 XX R7186 0
R7184 R7185 R7188
0
XX
XX
CHIP
IC7180
LM75BIM-5/NOPB
R7187
0
C7180
0.1
25V
F
1608
C7181
1
10V
B
1608
5
GND
4
SCL_TV
3
SDA_TV
2
GND
1
SET_5V
CN7180
5P
WHT
C7182 C7183
10p
10p
50V
50V
CH
CH
1608
1608
B
S2
C
C
– 49 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(11)
Schematic Diagram of T1 Board
1
A
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2
3
S7150 (LAMP DOOR)
4
A
T1
1
LAMP_COV
2
NC
3
GND
CN7150
3P
WHT
B
B
– 50 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(12)
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Schematic Diagram of T2 Board
1
A
2
3
S7155 (LAMP POSITION)
T2
A
1
LAMP_POS
2
NC
3
GND
CN7155
3P
WHT
B
B
– 51 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
(1) GT Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
• GT BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION
IC
IC6000
IC6002
IC6003
IC6004
IC6005
IC6007
IC6008
IC6009
IC6010
IC6011
B
C
Side A Side B
C-7
G-8
G-7
G-6
G-4
F-8
F-5
B-8
F-4
C-8
*
TRANSISTOR
D
Q6000
Q6001
Q6003
Q6004
Q6007
Q6008
Q6009
Q6010
Q6011
Side A Side B
G-4
B-6
B-3
B-4
B-3
D-6
H-4
F-4
F-5
D6000
D6001
D6002
D6011
D6014
D6015
D6018
D6019
D6020
D6022
D6027
D6028
D6029
D6032
D6033
D6034
D6039
D6280
D6281
D6282
D6289
D6296
D6297
D6298
D6300
D6301
D6302
D6306
D6307
Side A Side B
B-4
C-8
B-8
C-6
B-2
D-7
F-6
F-8
F-6
G-4
G-7
G-7
D-8
B-5
C-5
E-8
B-3
D-4
E-4
E-4
D-3
E-5
B-2
E-4
D-2
F-5
B-3
G-5
G-8
*
DIODE
E
F
G
H
I
– 52 –
*
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(2) HA, HB Boards
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
– 53 –
9
10
11
12
13
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(3) HC, K Boards
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
– 54 –
9
10
11
12
13
14
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
(4) QT Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
8
9
10
• QT BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION
IC
IC7800
IC7801
IC7802
IC7803
IC7804
IC7806
IC7807
IC7808
IC7900
IC7904
IC7906
IC7907
B
C
Side A Side B
H-8
F-4
F-6
H-7
I-8
G-9
H-4
F-5
G-3
G-3
B-8
A-8
TRANSISTOR
D
Q7802
Q7803
Q7804
Q7805
Q7806
Q7807
Side A Side B
G-7
H-9
E-7
F-8
E-4
E-4
D7801
D7802
D7803
Side A Side B
A-6
A-6
A-6
DIODE
E
F
G
H
I
J
– 55 –
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(5) QU Board
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
– 56 –
5
6
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(6) S2 Board
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
– 57 –
5
6
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
(7) T1, T2 Boards
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
– 58 –
5
6
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS
LM75BIM-5/NOPB
M24C02-WMN6T(B)
P6SMB39AT3
S3G
1SS184
3
ANODE
1
2
1
3
TOP VIEW
1
8 PINS
MCZ3001DB
1
CATHODE
2
D10SC4M-F
D10SC6M-4012
SML-020MVT-T86
TOP VIEW
Cathode mark
18 PINS
4
2
MM1431ATT
NJM2870F18 (TE2)
XXC6219B182MR
3
12
1
1
Red
3
4
3
2
1
2
Green
3
SML-210MT-T86
SML-210VTT86
SML-310LTT86
1
D2L20U-TA
RD8.2ES-B2
5 PINS
NJM2387DL2-TE1
CATHODE
CATHODE MARK
5
1
ANODE
PQ1CG2032FZ
D2SB60A-F04
D2SB60L
D4SBL40
D4SBS6-F
2
1
3
+
4
5
~
+
PQ30RV11
~–
~
~
–
D5LC20U-4012
MARKING SIDE VIEW
1
4
RPM7240-H8
ANODE
CATHODE
DTZ10B
HZU5.6GTRF
MA111-TX
UDZS-TE17-5.6B
1 2 3
2SC1623-L5L6
UPA1716G
C
B
ANODE
CATHODE
ERA22-08TP3
E
10ERB20-TB3
UF4005/23
CATHODE
CATHODE
ANODE
ANODE
– 59 –
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 5 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• Items with no part number and no
description are not stocked because they
are seldom required for routine service
• The construction parts of an assembled part
are indicated with a collation number in the
remark column.
• Items marked " * " are not stocked since
they are seldom required for routine
service. Some delay should be anticipated
when ordering these items.
The components identified by shading and
mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Les composants identifies par une trame et une
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
5-1. SCREEN MIRROR BLOCK, COVERS
17
9
10
11
#1
17
8
7
5
17
17
E42A10
17
4
12
#1
17
17
17
17
6
16
3
#1
#1
15
12
17
17
#1
1
REF. NO.
1
1
2
3
4
E50A10
2
PART NO.
2-590-903-01
2-590-908-01
2-590-913-01
2-590-914-01
1-826-219-11
DESCRIPTION
GRILL, SPEAKER (42)
GRILL, SPEAKER (50)
BUTTON, POWER
BUTTON, MULTI
LOUD SPEAKER (5X15cm)
13
REMARK
(E42A10)
(E50A10)
5
6
6
7
7
2-580-654-01 SCREW, +PWTP2 4X16
A-1127-073-A SCREEN FRAME ASSY
A-1127-076-A SCREEN FRAME ASSY
2-590-449-11 PLATE(42L),DIFFUSION
2-590-451-11 PLATE(50L),DIFFUSION
8
8
9
2-590-450-11 PLATE(42F),DIFFUSION
(E42A10)
2-590-452-11 PLATE(50F),DIFFUSION
(E50A10)
A-1127-074-A MIRROR ASSY
(E50A10)
REF. NO.
(E50A10)
(E42A10)
(E42A10)
(E50A10)
– 60 –
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
9
10
A-1127-077-A MIRROR ASSY
(E42A10)
2-590-909-01 BRACKET, HC (50)
(E50A10)
11
11
12
12
13
A-1127-075-A MIRROR COVER ASSY
(E50A10)
A-1127-078-A MIRROR COVER ASSY
(E42A10)
2-591-155-01 COVER,REAR
(E50A10)
2-591-155-11 COVER,REAR
(E42A10)
2-591-156-01 DOOR,LAMP
14
15
16
17
4-097-548-01
2-590-915-01
2-593-048-01
2-580-640-01
#1
7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
CUSHION, FOOT
TRAY, CONTROL
DAMPER
SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
The components identified by shading and
mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
5-2. B BLOCK, CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
Les composants identifies par une trame et une
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
56
55
57
64
64
#1
58
#1
59
64
64
60
61
65
65
63
53
65
#1
#1
#1
62
64
54
65
65
52
65
51 65
65
64
64
REF.
NO.
––––––––
51
*
52
53
54
55
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––
–––––––––––––
A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE
A-1129-347-A QM BOARD, COMPLETE
A-1103-580-A QT BOARD, COMPLETE
A-1129-348-A B BOARD, COMPLETE
3-682-691-00 NUT, WASHER HEXAGON
56
57
58
59
8-597-504-00 ANTENNA SWITCHE RFD-SA811
A-1113-732-A GT BOARD, COMPLETE
A-1129-346-A AGU BOARD, COMPLETE
A-1129-345-A P BOARD, COMPLETE
REMARK REF.
NO. –––––––––
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––
––––––––
–––––––––––––
60
A-1138-521-A HPC BOARD, COMPLETE
61
62
63
64
65
#1
– 61 –
REMARK
–––––––––
0 1-791-192-21 CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER
0 1-787-333-11 D.C. FAN
3-701-810-72 SCREW, TERMINAL
2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
2-580-593-01 SCREW, +PSW M3X8
7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
The components identified by shading and
mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
5-3. LAMP DUCT ASSEMBLY, OPTICS UNIT BLOCK
Les composants identifies par une trame et une
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
#1
102
103
108
108
107
101
#1
106
#1
#1
105
104
108
REF.
NO.
––––––––
101
101
102
103
103
104
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK REF.
NO.
–––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––
––––––––
X-2055-656-1 CABINET ASSY, BOTTOM(42) (E42A10)
105
X-2055-653-1 CABINET ASSY, BOTTOM(50) (E50A10)
106
A-1115-002-A K BOARD, COMPLETE
107
A-1123-069-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E50A10)
108
A-1123-071-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E42A10)
#1
0 1-787-373-11 FAN,DC
– 62 –
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––
–––––––––––––
1-576-912-11 THERMOSTAT
0 1-468-936-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
0 1-787-231-11 D.C. FAN (SIROCCO)
2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
REMARK
–––––––––
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 6 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
GT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
• Items marked " * " are not stocked since
they are seldom required for routine
service. Some delay should be anticipated
when ordering these items.
The components identified by shading and
mark ! are critial for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Les composants identifies par une trame et une
marque ! sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le
numero specifie.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have
characteristic curve B, unless otherwise
noted.
When indicating parts by reference number,
please include the board name.
REF.
NO.
–––––––
PART NO.
––––––––
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
REMARK
–––––––
A-1113-732-A GT BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
< CAPACITOR >
C6006
C6007
C6008
C6020
C6021
1-128-953-31
1-128-953-31
1-162-966-11
1-162-970-11
1-126-967-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
470UF
470UF
0.0022UF
0.01UF
47UF
20%
20%
10%
10%
20%
25V
25V
50V
25V
50V
C6022
C6023
C6024
C6026
C6028
1-126-962-11
1-162-970-11
1-100-831-91
1-126-964-11
1-162-970-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
3.3UF
0.01UF
0.001UF
10UF
0.01UF
20%
10%
2%
20%
10%
50V
25V
50V
50V
25V
C6029
C6030
C6032
C6033
C6034
1-136-497-81
1-126-947-11
1-107-824-11
1-107-824-11
1-165-954-11
FILM
ELECT
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
FILM
0.1UF
47UF
220PF
220PF
56000PF
5%
20%
5%
5%
3%
50V
35V
1KV
1KV
800V
C6035
C6036
C6039
C6040
C6041
1-126-969-11
1-126-963-11
1-126-963-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-970-11
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
220UF
4.7UF
4.7UF
0.1UF
0.01UF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
16V
25V
C6044
1-126-940-11 ELECT
C6045 0 1-165-530-31 MYLAR
C6048
1-128-951-31 ELECT
C6049
1-128-951-31 ELECT
C6051
1-126-933-11 ELECT
330UF
0.47UF
2200UF
2200UF
100UF
20%
10
20%
20%
20%
25V
0V
16V
16V
16V
C6052
C6053
C6054
C6055
C6065
0.22UF
47UF
470UF
47UF
4700UF
5%
20%
20%
20%
20%
50V
35V
16V
35V
25V
1200UF
1200UF
100UF
100UF
0.0047UF
20%
20%
20%
20%
500V
250V
250V
400V
400V
0.0047UF
0.0047UF
0.47UF
0.0047UF
0.0047UF
250V
250V
10
0V
250V
250V
REF.
NO.
–––––––
• RESISTORS
All resistors are in ohms
F : nonflammable
• CAPACITORS
PF : µµF
• There are some cases the reference
number on one board overlaps on the
other board. Therefore, when ordering
parts by the reference number, please
include the board name.
PART NO.
––––––––
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
REMARK
–––––––
C6279 0 1-119-888-51 CERAMIC
C6280 0 1-119-888-51 CERAMIC
C6283
1-162-116-00 CERAMIC
C6284
1-126-950-11 ELECT
2200PF
2200PF
680PF
330UF
20%
20%
10%
20%
250V
250V
2KV
35V
C6285
1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP
C6286 0 1-165-530-31 MYLAR
C6289
1-137-353-11 MYLAR
C6290
1-137-365-11 MYLAR
C6291
1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP
150PF
0.47UF
0.047UF
0.0015UF
0.001UF
5%
10
5%
5%
10%
50V
0V
100V
50V
50V
C6292
C6297
C6298
C6299
C6300
1-126-934-11
1-137-852-31
1-126-935-11
1-164-227-11
1-110-563-11
220UF
3300UF
470UF
0.022UF
0.068UF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
25V
16V
C6304
C6305
C6323
1-126-947-11 ELECT
1-126-947-11 ELECT
1-126-935-11 ELECT
47UF
47UF
470UF
20%
20%
20%
35V
35V
16V
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
< CONNECTOR >
CN6002 1-794-502-11
CN6009 1-785-706-11
CN601001-580-843-11
CN6011 1-695-915-11
CN6012 1-695-915-11
PIN, CONNECTOR (B04B-PASK) 4P
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P
PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)
TAB (CONTACT)
TAB (CONTACT)
CN6013
CN6014
CN6015
CN6018
CN6019
TAB (CONTACT)
TAB (CONTACT)
TAB (CONTACT)
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 50P
1-695-915-11
1-695-915-11
1-695-915-11
1-691-960-21
1-815-789-11
< DIODE >
1-137-190-91
1-126-947-11
1-126-935-11
1-126-947-11
1-128-548-11
FILM
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
C6077 0 1-131-940-11 ELECT
C6078 0 1-131-940-11 ELECT
C6083
1-100-714-11 ELECT
C6084
1-100-714-11 ELECT
C6085
1-161-830-00 CERAMIC
C6272
C6273
C6274
C6275
C6276
C6277
0
0
0
0
1-161-964-91
1-161-964-91
1-165-530-31
1-161-964-91
1-161-964-91
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
MYLAR
CERAMIC
CERAMIC
1-113-610-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 220UF
20%
250V
– 63 –
D6000 0
D6001
D6002
D6011
D6014
8-719-510-53
6-500-335-01
8-719-510-12
8-719-979-64
6-500-335-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
D4SB60L
MC2838-T112-1
D10SC4M-F
UF4005/23
MC2838-T112-1
D6015
D6018
D6019
D6020
D6022
6-500-567-31
8-719-028-45
8-719-057-96
8-719-075-66
6-500-335-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
10ERB20-TB3
D2L20U-TA
D10SC6M-4012
D5LC20U-4012
MC2838-T112-1
D6027
D6028
D6029
D6032
D6033
6-500-335-01
6-500-335-01
8-719-060-89
6-501-223-01
6-501-223-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
MC2838-T112-1
MC2838-T112-1
D4SBS6-F
S3G
S3G
Les composants identifies par
une trame et une marque !
sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une
piece portant le numero specifie.
REF.
NO.
–––––––
D6034
D6039
D6280
D6281
D6282
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
PART NO.
––––––––
8-719-064-49
6-500-335-01
8-719-160-65
8-719-110-08
6-500-567-31
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
DIODE D4SBL40
DIODE MC2838-T112-1
DIODE RD16FB2
DIODE RD8.2ESB2
DIODE 10ERB20-TB3
D6289 0
D6296
D6297
D6298
D6300
8-719-077-76
8-719-055-45
6-500-335-01
6-500-567-31
8-719-948-45
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
D2SB60A-F04
ERA22-08TP3
MC2838-T112-1
10ERB20-TB3
ERA22-08
D6301
D6302
D6306
D6307
8-719-057-96
6-500-335-01
6-500-335-01
6-500-335-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
D10SC6M-4012
MC2838-T112-1
MC2838-T112-1
MC2838-T112-1
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
GT
REMARK
–––––––
PART NO.
––––––––
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
< TRANSISTOR >
REMARK
–––––––
Q6000
Q6001
Q6003
Q6004
Q6007
8-729-054-36
6-550-882-01
8-729-600-22
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
UPA1716G-E2
2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q
2SA1235-F
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
Q6008
Q6009
Q6010
Q6011
6-550-882-01
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
R6002
R6003
R6005
R6006
R6007
1-215-904-11
1-215-904-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-726-11
1-218-698-11
METAL OXIDE
METAL OXIDE
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
100K
0
27K
1.8K
0.5% 1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
R6009
R6011
R6012
R6013
R6016
1-216-821-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-724-11
1-218-692-11
1-202-933-61
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
FUSIBLE
1K
22K
22K
1K
0.1
5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
10%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/2W
R6017
R6018
R6019
R6020
R6029
1-249-377-11
1-249-377-11
1-218-823-11
1-218-870-11
1-245-472-21
CARBON
CARBON
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL
0.47
0.47
100
9.1K
270K
5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
1%
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
1/4W
< IC >
R6030
R6031
R6032
R6035
R6042
1-245-471-21
1-245-471-21
1-245-471-21
1-218-877-11
1-211-991-11
METAL
METAL
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
240K
240K
240K
18K
82
1%
1%
1%
0.5%
0.5%
1/4W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
F6000 0 1-532-506-51 FUSE
6.3A
250V
< FERRITE BEAD >
1-410-396-41
1-410-396-41
1-410-396-41
1-412-911-11
1-412-911-11
REF.
NO.
–––––––
< RESISTOR >
< FUSE >
FB6000
FB6001
FB6002
FB6003
FB6004
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
0.45UH
0.45UH
0.45UH
0UH
0UH
< FUSE HOLDER >
FH600001-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER
FH600101-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER
5%
5%
2W
2W
IC6000
IC6002
IC6003
IC6004
IC6005
6-705-810-01
6-705-464-01
6-705-466-01
6-705-464-01
6-705-464-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
MCZ3001DB
BA50BC0T
BA90BC0T
BA50BC0T
BA50BC0T
R6043
R6045
R6047
R6048
R6050
1-212-897-00
1-202-933-61
1-249-393-11
1-249-393-11
1-218-871-11
FUSIBLE
FUSIBLE
CARBON
CARBON
METAL CHIP
470
0.1
10
10
10K
5%
10%
5%
5%
0.5%
1/4W
1/2W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
IC6007
IC6008
IC6009
IC6010
IC6011
8-759-098-24
6-708-175-01
8-759-640-19
8-759-682-42
8-759-682-42
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
PQ30RV11J00H
MR4010-7103
PQ1CG2032FZ
MM1431ATT
MM1431ATT
R6051
R6054
R6055
R6056
R6057
1-218-871-11
1-245-494-31
1-245-494-31
1-216-817-11
1-243-979-71
METAL CHIP
METAL
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
10K
2.2M
2.2M
470
0.1
0.5%
2%
2%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W
1/4W
1/10W
2W
R6058
R6059
R6060
R6061
R6062
1-249-385-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
CARBON
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2
0
4.7K
10K
10K
5%
1/4W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R6063
R6064
R6065
R6068
R6070
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
1K
1K
1K
0
10K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R6072
R6074
R6086
R6089
R6098
1-218-722-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-350-11
1-216-864-11
1-220-340-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
18K
4.7K
1.2
0
470K
0.5% 1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
5%
1W
5%
1/2W
R6099
R6100
R6243
R6244
R6245
1-220-340-11
1-202-933-61
1-216-835-11
1-218-720-11
1-215-865-11
METAL CHIP
FUSIBLE
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
470K
0.1
15K
15K
220
5%
10%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/2W
1/2W
1/10W
1/10W
1W
< COIL >
L6000
L6002
L6003
L6004
L6009
1-406-659-11
1-419-742-12
1-406-659-11
1-412-525-31
1-406-983-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10UH
33UH
10UH
10UH
1MH
L6010
1-406-661-21 INDUCTOR
22UH
L6011 0 1-456-859-11 LINE FILTER COIL
L6012 0 1-456-859-11 LINE FILTER COIL
< PHOTOCOUPLER >
PH600106-600-187-01
PH600206-600-187-01
PH600306-600-187-01
PH600406-600-187-01
PHOTOCOUPLER
PHOTOCOUPLER
PHOTOCOUPLER
PHOTOCOUPLER
PC123Y22JOOF
PC123Y22JOOF
PC123Y22JOOF
PC123Y22JOOF
– 64 –
Les composants identifies par
une trame et une marque !
sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une
piece portant le numero specifie.
REF.
NO. ––––––––
PART NO.
–––––––
R6246 0 1-219-568-91
R6248
1-216-828-11
R6249
1-219-759-11
R6250
1-216-829-11
R6251
1-216-828-11
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
GT HA HB
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
8.2M
3.9K
1M
4.7K
3.9K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
REMARK
–––––––
1/2W
1/10W
1/2W
1/10W
1/10W
REF.
NO.
–––––––
PART NO.
––––––––
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
< CONNECTOR >
REMARK
–––––––
CN7000 1-819-445-11 HEADER ASSEMBLY FOR PWB 3P
< RESISTOR >
R6252
R6253
R6254
R6255
R6257
1-216-837-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-344-00
1-216-349-00
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
METAL OXIDE
22K
10K
10K
0.39
1
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1W
1W
R6259
R6261
R6262
R6263
R6267
1-244-207-11
1-260-328-11
1-216-829-11
1-249-389-11
1-216-829-11
WIREWOUND
CARBON
METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL CHIP
3.3
1K
4.7K
4.7
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
10W
1/2W
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
R6268
R6273
R6277
R6278
R6279
1-216-821-11
1-249-389-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
CARBON
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1K
4.7
1K
3.3K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/4W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R6280
R6281
R6283
R6284
R6285
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-243-979-71
1-216-864-11
1-216-832-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL OXIDE
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
0.1
0
8.2K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
2W
5%
1/10W
R6286
R6287
R6288
R6291
R6296
1-216-834-11
1-218-720-11
1-218-708-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
12K
15K
4.7K
0
1K
5%
1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
R6297
R6300
R6301
R6302
R6339
1-216-801-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
22
1K
0
100K
0
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R7001
R7002
R7003
R7004
R7005
1-218-676-11
1-218-684-11
1-218-691-11
1-218-698-11
1-218-706-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
220
470
910
1.8K
3.9K
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
< SWITCH >
S7000
S7001
S7002
S7003
S7004
1-692-431-21
1-692-431-21
1-692-431-21
1-692-431-21
1-692-431-21
SWITCH, TACTILE
SWITCH, TACTILE
SWITCH, TACTILE
SWITCH, TACTILE
SWITCH, TACTILE
S7005
1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
***************************************************************
HB MOUNT
***********
< CAPACITOR >
C7020
C7021
C7022
C7023
C7024
1-164-156-11
1-126-964-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
10UF
0.01UF
0.01UF
0.01UF
C7025
C7026
C7027
C7028
C7029
1-164-156-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-162-974-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.01UF
0.01UF
0.01UF
0.1UF
C7030
C7031
C7032
1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP
20%
25V
50V
50V
50V
50V
25V
50V
50V
50V
25V
< RELAY >
RY600101-755-388-11 RELAY (AC POWER)
RY600201-755-388-11 RELAY (AC POWER)
0.50PF 50V
10% 10V
0.50PF 50V
< DIODE >
< SPARK GAP >
SG6000
10PF
1UF
10PF
D7022
D7023
D7024
1-576-487-11 ELEMENT, SPARK
6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86
8-719-064-07 DIODE SML-310LTT86
6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86
< TRANSFORMER >
T6000 0 1-443-747-11 TRANSFORMER (PIT)
T6004 0 1-443-748-11 TRANSFORMER (SRT)
< IC >
IC7020
IC7021
6-600-210-01 IC RPM7240-H8
6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB
< VARISTOR >
< TRANSISTOR >
VD600001-804-992-21 VARISTOR
VD600101-804-991-21 VARISTOR
VD600301-804-991-21 VARISTOR
***************************************************************
HA MOUNT
************
Q7020
Q7021
Q7022
Q7023
Q7024
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
< RESISTOR >
< CAPACITOR >
C7000
1-100-597-91 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
10%
25V
– 65 –
R7020
R7021
1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP
1.5K
47
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
HB HC HPC
REF.
NO.
–––––––
R7022
R7023
R7024
PART NO.
––––––––
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-813-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
220
5%
5%
5%
REMARK
–––––––
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7025
R7026
R7027
R7028
R7029
1-216-813-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-813-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
220
10K
10K
220
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7030
R7031
R7032
R7033
R7034
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-813-11
1-216-813-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
220
220
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7035
R7039
R7046
R7047
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-801-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
REF.
NO.
–––––––
R7125
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
––––––––
–––––––––––
1-218-676-11 METAL CHIP
220
REMARK
–––––––
0.5% 1/10W
R7126
R7128
R7129
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP
0
10
10
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
< VARISTOR >
VD7100
VD7101
VD7102
VD7108
VD7109
1-803-974-21
1-803-974-21
1-803-974-21
1-803-974-21
1-803-974-21
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
(1608)
(1608)
(1608)
(1608)
(1608)
VD7110 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608)
***************************************************************
HPC MOUNT
************
< SWITCH >
< CAPACITOR >
S7020
1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
***************************************************************
HC MOUNT
***********
C7200
C7201
C7202
C7205
C7206
1-107-826-11
1-127-573-11
1-127-573-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
1UF
1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C7207
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
10%
16V
< CAPACITOR >
C7101
C7102
C7103
C7104
C7111
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-162-927-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001UF
0.001UF
10UF
10UF
100PF
10%
10%
20%
20%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C7112
C7113
C7114
1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
0.022UF
0.022UF
5%
10%
10%
50V
25V
25V
< CONNECTOR >
CN7200 1-794-930-21 CONNECTOR, D SUB
< DIODE >
< DIODE >
D7100
D7101
D7102
D7108
D7109
8-719-977-28
8-719-977-28
8-719-069-55
8-719-083-58
8-719-062-19
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DTZ10B
DTZ10B
UDZSTE-175.6B
UDZSTE-173.9B
MA3200WA-TX
D7110
D7111
8-719-062-19 DIODE MA3200WA-TX
8-719-062-19 DIODE MA3200WA-TX
D7203
D7204
D7205
D7208
D7209
8-719-073-39
8-719-073-39
8-719-073-39
8-719-977-28
8-719-977-28
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
HZU5.6GTRF
HZU5.6GTRF
HZU5.6GTRF
DTZ10B
DTZ10B
D7210
D7212
D7213
8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX
8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10B
8-719-801-78 DIODE 1SS184
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB7200
FB7201
FB7202
FB7204
< JACK >
J7100
J7101
J7102
1-819-355-11 PHONO JACK 3P
1-819-356-11 PHONO JACK 3P
1-568-267-11 JACK
1-469-100-21
1-469-100-21
1-469-100-21
1-400-141-22
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
< IC >
IC7200
6-704-600-01 IC M24C02-WMN6T(B)
< RESISTOR >
< JACK >
R7103
R7104
R7105
R7106
R7109
1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
1-218-676-11
1-218-668-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
220K
220K
220
100
1K
5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7110
R7111
R7123
R7124
1-216-821-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-676-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
1K
0
0
220
5%
1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
– 66 –
J7200
1-573-798-11 JACK, MINIATURE (DIA. 3.5)
< IC LINK >
PS7200
1-576-122-21 IC LINK
0.4A
72V
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
HPC K
REF.
NO.
–––––––
Q7200
PART NO.
––––––––
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
< TRANSISTOR >
REMARK
–––––––
REF.
NO.
–––––––
C3036
C3037
PART NO.
––––––––
1-115-339-11
1-164-937-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.001UF
10%
10%
REMARK
–––––––
50V
50V
C3038
C3039
C3041
C3042
C3043
1-115-339-11
1-115-339-11
1-164-937-11
1-115-339-11
1-136-177-00
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
FILM
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.001UF
0.1UF
1UF
10%
10%
10%
10%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C3044
C3045
C3046
C3047
C3048
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-936-11
1-163-989-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001UF
0.001UF
680PF
0.033UF
0.1UF
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
25V
16V
C3049
C3050
C3051
C3052
C3053
1-163-989-11
1-164-936-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.033UF
680PF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.001UF
10%
10%
10%
25V
50V
16V
16V
50V
C3054
C3055
C3056
C3057
C3058
1-115-339-11
1-115-339-11
1-164-937-11
1-115-339-11
1-115-339-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.001UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C3059
C3060
C3061
C3062
C3063
1-115-339-11
1-112-030-31
1-128-992-21
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
1500UF
47UF
0.001UF
0.001UF
10%
20%
20%
10%
10%
50V
35V
25V
50V
50V
C3065
C3067
C3068
C3070
C3071
1-136-177-00
1-107-820-11
1-128-992-21
1-115-339-11
1-136-177-00
FILM
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
FILM
1UF
0.1UF
47UF
0.1UF
1UF
5%
50V
16V
25V
50V
50V
C3072
C3073
C3074
C3075
C3076
1-128-995-21
1-164-936-11
1-163-989-11
1-126-395-11
1-164-360-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100UF
680PF
0.033UF
22UF
0.1UF
C3077
C3078
C3079
C3080
C3081
1-165-128-11
1-165-128-11
1-100-567-81
1-128-993-21
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF
0.22UF
10000PF
22UF
0.1UF
C3082
C3083
C3084
C3085
C3086
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-100-567-81
1-128-995-21
1-164-850-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.1UF
10000PF
100UF
10PF
16V
16V
10% 25V
20% 10V
0.50PF 50V
C3088
C3090
C3091
C3094
C3095
1-100-567-81
1-164-937-11
1-164-850-11
1-164-936-11
1-164-936-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10000PF
0.001UF
10PF
680PF
680PF
10% 25V
10% 50V
0.50PF 50V
10% 50V
10% 50V
C3096
C3097
C3099
C3100
C3101
1-164-936-11
1-164-936-11
1-165-128-11
1-165-128-11
1-165-128-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
680PF
680PF
0.22UF
0.22UF
0.22UF
10%
10%
C3102
1-165-128-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF
6-550-014-01 TRANSISTOR SSM6N15FU(TE85R)
< RESISTOR >
R7200
R7202
R7205
R7206
R7207
1-216-853-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
470K
100K
47
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7208
R7209
R7210
R7211
R7216
1-216-864-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-851-11
1-216-851-11
1-216-833-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
47
330K
330K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7217
R7218
R7219
R7222
R7223
1-216-833-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
47
47
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7227
R7229
R7231
R7232
R7233
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1K
100K
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R7234
R7235
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
0
0
***************************************************************
A-1115-002-A K BOARD, COMPLETE
*********************
< CAPACITOR >
C3001
C3002
C3003
C3004
C3005
1-107-820-11
1-162-964-11
1-128-404-11
1-117-681-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.001UF
100UF
100UF
0.1UF
C3006
C3007
C3008
C3009
C3010
1-164-506-11
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
1-126-206-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7UF
0.1UF
100UF
100UF
0.1UF
C3011
C3012
C3013
C3019
C3020
1-164-506-11
1-164-506-11
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7UF
4.7UF
0.1UF
100UF
0.1UF
C3021
C3022
C3023
C3024
C3025
1-165-128-11
1-107-820-11
1-165-128-11
1-163-989-11
1-164-936-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF
0.1UF
0.22UF
0.033UF
680PF
C3026
C3027
C3028
C3030
C3032
1-115-339-11
1-112-030-31
1-128-992-21
1-136-177-00
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT CHIP
FILM
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
1500UF
47UF
1UF
0.1UF
10%
20%
20%
5%
50V
35V
25V
50V
16V
C3033
C3034
C3035
1-128-992-21 ELECT CHIP
1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP
47UF
0.001UF
0.1UF
20%
10%
10%
25V
50V
50V
10%
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
16V
50V
35V
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
25V
50V
– 67 –
20%
10%
5%
20%
10%
10%
20%
10%
20%
< CONNECTOR >
CN3001 1-794-502-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (B04B-PASK) 4P
10V
50V
25V
16V
16V
16V
16V
25V
10V
16V
50V
50V
16V
16V
16V
16V
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
K
REF.
NO.
–––––––
CN3002
CN3003
PART NO.
––––––––
1-819-443-11
1-580-838-11
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
–––––––––––
–––––––
HEADER ASEEMBLY FOR PWB 15P
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 4P
REF.
NO.
–––––––
R3014
R3015
PART NO.
––––––––
1-218-965-11
1-218-941-81
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
100
5%
5%
REMARK
–––––––
1/16W
1/16W
R3016
R3017
R3019
R3020
R3021
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-978-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
100K
10K
120K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3022
R3023
R3024
R3025
R3026
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-208-695-11
1-208-695-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
0
10K
3.3K
3.3K
5%
1/16W
R3027
R3029
R3030
R3032
R3033
1-218-965-11
1-218-977-11
1-208-683-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
100K
1K
22
0
5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3034
R3035
R3036
R3037
R3038
1-218-965-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-978-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
100K
0
0
120K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R3039
R3040
R3041
R3042
R3043
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100K
0
0
0
0
5%
1/16W
R3044
R3045
R3046
R3047
R3048
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
10K
0
0
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R3049
R3050
R3051
R3052
R3053
1-218-990-81
1-216-791-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-941-81
1-216-791-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
3.3
100
100
3.3
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
< TRANSISTOR >
R3054
R3055
R3056
R3057
R3059
1-218-941-81
1-218-965-11
1-216-800-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-941-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
100
10K
18
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
R3060
R3062
R3063
R3064
R3065
1-218-990-81
1-216-790-11
1-216-790-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-965-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
2.7
2.7
100
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R3066
R3067
R3070
R3071
R3072
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-945-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
220
100
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R3073
R3075
R3076
R3077
R3078
1-218-990-81
1-218-945-11
1-218-972-11
1-216-800-11
1-218-941-81
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
220
39K
18
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
R3079
R3082
R3084
R3085
R3086
1-218-945-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-216-800-11
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
220
0
10K
18
22
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
R3088
1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP
22
5%
1/16W
< DIODE >
D3001
D3002
D3003
D3004
6-500-260-01
6-500-260-01
6-500-260-01
6-500-260-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
P6SMB39AT3
P6SMB39AT3
P6SMB39AT3
P6SMB39AT3
< TERMINAL BOARD >
EB3001
EB3002
1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND
1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND
< FILTER >
FL3001
FL3002
1-234-177-21 FERRITE
1-234-177-21 FERRITE
0UH
0UH
< IC >
IC3001
IC3002
IC3003
IC3004
IC3005
6-706-862-01
8-759-548-99
6-706-862-01
8-759-573-97
6-707-629-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
NJM2387DL2-TE1
SN74LV08APWR
NJM2387DL2-TE1
SN74LVC541APWR
CXD9845M
IC3006
IC3007
IC3008
6-705-979-01 IC CXD9788AR
6-701-189-01 IC MC74VHC1GU04DFT1
6-700-263-01 IC NJM2870F18(TE2)
< COIL >
L3001
L3002
L3006
1-457-106-11 COIL,CHOKE 10UH
1-457-106-11 COIL,CHOKE 10UH
1-412-939-11 INDUCTOR
1UH
5%
1/16W
0.5% 1/16W
0.5% 1/16W
< IC LINK >
PS3001
Q3002
Q3003
Q3004
Q3005
Q3006
1-576-788-21 FUSE
8-729-602-36
8-729-602-36
8-729-120-28
8-729-602-36
8-729-602-36
5A
72V
2SA1602-F
2SA1602-F
2SC1623-L5L6
2SA1602-F
2SA1602-F
< RESISTOR >
R3001
R3002
R3003
R3004
R3005
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
10K
0
0
0
R3006
R3007
R3008
R3009
R3010
1-208-927-11
1-208-929-11
1-208-931-11
1-208-699-11
1-208-699-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
47K
56K
68K
4.7K
4.7K
R3011
R3012
R3013
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
0
100
100
5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
– 68 –
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
K QT
REF.
NO.
–––––––
R3089
R3092
R3096
R3097
PART NO.
––––––––
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-216-790-11
1-216-790-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
REMARK
–––––––
0
0
2.7
2.7
R3098
R3100
R3101
R3102
R3103
1-218-990-81
1-216-800-11
1-216-791-11
1-216-791-11
1-216-791-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
18
3.3
3.3
3.3
R3104
R3105
R3106
R3107
R3108
1-218-945-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-989-11
1-218-941-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
R3111
R3112
R3113
R3114
R3150
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-216-295-91
R3151
R3152
R3153
R3154
R3155
R3156
R3157
R3158
R3159
R3164
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
220
100K
0
1M
100
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
220
220
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1-216-813-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
220
0
0
0
0
5%
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
1/10W
< VIBRATOR >
X3001
REF.
NO.
–––––––
C7824
C7825
PART NO.
––––––––
1-107-826-11
1-128-996-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1UF
4.7UF
10%
20%
C7826
C7827
C7828
C7829
C7830
1-165-319-11
1-128-996-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
4.7UF
0.001UF
0.01UF
0.1UF
20%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
25V
25V
C7831
C7832
C7834
C7835
C7836
1-162-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-137-765-21
1-128-996-11
1-128-396-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.001UF
0.01UF
47UF
4.7UF
470UF
10%
10%
20%
20%
20%
50V
25V
16V
50V
10V
C7837
C7838
C7840
C7841
C7842
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-165-989-11
1-165-989-11
1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.1UF
10UF
10UF
0.01UF
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
6.3V
6.3V
25V
C7843
C7845
C7846
C7847
C7849
1-162-970-11
1-164-156-11
1-165-492-21
1-128-396-11
1-165-492-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.01UF
0.1UF
100UF
470UF
100UF
C7850
C7851
C7852
C7853
C7855
1-165-492-21
1-165-989-11
1-125-889-91
1-164-156-11
1-165-492-21
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
100UF
10UF
2.2UF
0.1UF
100UF
20%
10%
10%
C7858
C7859
C7860
C7865
C7867
1-127-820-11
1-115-566-11
1-107-826-11
1-164-156-11
1-165-989-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7UF
4.7UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
10UF
10%
10%
10%
C7868
C7872
C7873
C7874
C7875
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-165-989-11
1-107-826-11
1-127-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.1UF
10UF
0.1UF
4.7UF
C7905
C7906
C7907
C7908
C7912
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C7929
C7931
C7932
C7933
C7934
1-115-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
10V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C7935
C7943
C7944
C7945
C7946
1-115-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-917-11
1-162-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
15PF
0.001UF
5%
10%
10V
25V
25V
50V
50V
C7947
C7948
C7949
C7950
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001UF
0.001UF
0.001UF
0.001UF
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
50V
10%
20%
20%
20%
20%
REMARK
–––––––
16V
50V
25V
25V
10V
10V
10V
10V
6.3V
10V
25V
10V
10%
16V
10V
16V
25V
6.3V
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
6.3V
16V
16V
1-795-660-21 QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT
***************************************************************
A-1103-580-A QT BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
< CAPACITOR >
C7800
C7801
C7802
C7803
C7804
1-137-765-21
1-165-492-21
1-165-492-21
1-165-492-21
1-100-159-91
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47UF
100UF
100UF
100UF
22UF
20%
20%
20%
20%
10%
16V
10V
10V
10V
6.3V
C7805
C7806
C7807
C7808
C7809
1-107-826-11
1-115-156-11
1-127-820-11
1-127-820-11
1-137-765-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1UF
1UF
4.7UF
4.7UF
47UF
10%
16V
10V
16V
16V
16V
C7810
C7811
C7812
C7813
C7814
1-127-820-11
1-162-995-11
1-162-970-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7UF
0.022UF
0.01UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
10%
C7815
C7816
C7817
C7818
C7819
1-107-826-11
1-162-995-11
1-115-566-11
1-127-820-11
1-100-159-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.022UF
4.7UF
4.7UF
22UF
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
50V
10V
16V
6.3V
C7820
C7821
C7823
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-100-159-91 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF
0.1UF
22UF
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
6.3V
10%
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
16V
50V
25V
16V
16V
– 69 –
< CONNECTOR >
CN7802 1-819-390-21 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 49P
CN7903 1-818-484-11 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 80P
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
QT
REF.
NO.
–––––––
D7801
D7802
D7803
PART NO.
––––––––
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
< DIODE >
REMARK
–––––––
REF.
NO.
–––––––
R7803
R7804
R7805
R7806
PART NO.
––––––––
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-847-11
1-211-977-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
1K
1K
22
5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
R7807
R7808
R7809
R7810
R7815
1-218-830-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
200
100K
10K
0
10K
0.5% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R7816
R7817
R7818
R7819
R7820
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-833-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
0
22K
10K
R7821
R7822
R7825
R7831
R7832
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-889-11
1-218-881-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
22K
0
56K
27K
< IC >
R7833
R7835
R7839
R7841
R7842
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
10K
0
8-719-066-99 DIODE SML-210VTT86
8-719-060-99 DIODE SML-210MT-T86
8-719-066-99 DIODE SML-210VTT86
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB7800
FB7801
FB7802
FB7803
FB7808
1-400-180-21
1-400-089-21
1-400-089-21
1-400-180-21
1-400-180-21
INDUCTOR
FERRITE
FERRITE
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
FB7809
FB7810
FB7811
FB7901
FB7902
1-414-226-21
1-414-226-21
1-414-760-21
1-414-229-11
1-414-760-21
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
FB7903
FB7904
FB7905
FB7906
1-414-760-21
1-414-229-11
1-414-229-11
1-414-229-11
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
REMARK
–––––––
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
IC7800
IC7801
IC7802
IC7803
IC7804
6-708-112-01
6-705-839-01
6-708-082-01
6-708-171-01
8-749-925-00
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
MIC49300WR-TR
XC6219B182MR
NJM2846DL2-05(TE2)
MIC5235YM5TR
TK11819MTL
R7844
R7845
R7850
R7851
R7852
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-835-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
1K
470
15K
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
IC7806
IC7807
IC7808
IC7900
IC7904
8-759-646-63
8-759-549-01
6-708-082-01
8-753-238-09
8-759-649-45
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
CD74HC4053M-96
SN74LV125APWR
NJM2846DL2-05(TE2)
CXD1969R-T6
SN74AHC1G04DCKR
R7853
R7854
R7858
R7859
R7860
1-216-837-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
22K
0
100
10K
22K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
IC7906
IC7907
6-706-811-01 IC TPS2091DR
6-706-812-01 IC TPS2012ADR
R7861
R7863
R7864
R7865
R7866
1-216-833-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-827-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
22K
10K
10K
3.3K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
< COIL >
L7800
L7801
L7802
L7804
L7805
1-414-755-11
1-412-642-61
1-414-755-11
1-414-754-11
1-414-752-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
22UH
1.2MH
22UH
10UH
2.2UH
R7867
R7877
R7878
R7883
R7885
1-216-817-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
470
0
0
0
0
L7806
L7808
L7809
L7810
L7811
1-414-754-11
1-414-754-11
1-414-754-11
1-414-754-11
1-414-754-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10UH
10UH
10UH
10UH
10UH
R7886
R7888
R7890
R7891
R7892
1-216-864-11
1-216-803-11
1-216-295-91
1-218-867-11
1-218-891-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
33
0
6.8K
68K
L7812
1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR
10UH
R7893
R7894
R7896
R7897
R7909
1-218-911-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
470K
10K
0
0
0
0.5% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
R7910
R7911
R7912
R7913
R7914
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-803-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-797-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10
10
33
10
10
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R7915
R7919
R7940
R7941
R7952
1-216-797-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10
1K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
< TRANSISTOR >
Q7802
Q7803
Q7804
Q7805
Q7806
8-729-047-14
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-120-28
8-729-600-22
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC3775
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SC1623-L5L6
2SA1235-F
Q7807
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
< RESISTOR >
R7800
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
0
– 70 –
0.5% 1/10W
0.5% 1/10W
Les composants identifies par
une trame et une marque !
sont critiques pour la securite.
Ne les remplacer que par une
piece portant le numero specifie.
The components identified by
shading and mark ! are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.
REF.
NO.
–––––––
R7954
R7987
R7989
R7991
R7992
PART NO.
––––––––
1-216-845-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100K
10K
100K
0
0
R7994
R7997
R7998
R8000
R8002
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
10K
10K
4.7K
0
5%
5%
5%
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
QT QU S2 T1 T2
REMARK
–––––––
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
REF.
NO.
–––––––
C7182
C7183
PART NO.
––––––––
1-162-915-11
1-162-915-11
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10PF
10PF
REMARK
–––––––
0.50PF 50V
0.50PF 50V
< CONNECTOR >
CN7180 1-819-333-11 HEADER ASSEMBLY FOR PWB 5P
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
< IC >
IC7180
6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB
< NETWORK RESISTOR >
< RESISTOR >
RB7900
RB7901
RB7902
RB7903
RB7904
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-242-963-21
1-234-369-21
1-234-369-21
RES, NETWORK 47
RES, NETWORK 47
RES, NETWORK 33
RES, NETWORK 10
RES, NETWORK 10
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
RB7905
RB7906
RB7907
RB7908
RB7909
1-234-369-21
1-234-369-21
1-234-369-21
1-234-369-21
1-234-369-21
RES, NETWORK 10
RES, NETWORK 10
RES, NETWORK 10
RES, NETWORK 10
RES, NETWORK 10
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
RB7910
RB7911
RB7913
RB7914
RB7916
1-234-369-21
1-234-369-21
1-234-400-21
1-242-963-21
1-234-400-21
RES, NETWORK 10
RES, NETWORK 10
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK 33
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
(1005X4)
(1005X4)
(2010X4)
(1005X4)
(2010X4)
RB7917 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
(2010X4)
R7181
R7182
R7185
R7186
R7187
1-216-801-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
22
22
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
***************************************************************
T1 MOUNT
*********
< CONNECTOR >
CN7150 1-819-336-11 HEADER ASSEMBLY FOR PWB 3P
< SWITCH >
S7150
1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO
< TUNER >
***************************************************************
TU7800 8-597-505-00 TUNER UNIT, DIGITAL BTD-CA811Z
T2 MOUNT
*********
**************************************************************
* A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
< SWITCH >
S7155
1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO
< CAPACITOR >
***************************************************************
C7951
C7952
C7953
C7954
1-115-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1UF
1UF
0.1UF
0.1UF
10V
10V
25V
25V
MISCELLANEOUS
****************
A-1054-757-A CONVERTER, PS
A-1123-069-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E50A10)
A-1123-071-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E42A10)
A-1124-850-A LAMP BLOCK ASSY
0 1-468-936-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
< CONNECTOR >
CN7951 1-573-768-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD)5P
CN7952 1-818-486-11 PCMCIA CONNECTOR (SMD)
CN7953 1-818-483-11 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 80P
0
0
0
0
< TEST POINT >
TP7950
1-694-766-21 TERMINAL (ONBOARD CONTACT)
**************************************************************
S2 MOUNT
*********
1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP
THERMOSTAT
D.C. FAN (SIROCCO)
D.C. FAN
FAN,DC
CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER
1-826-219-11 LOUDSPEAKER (5X15cm)
1-830-099-21 LEAD WIRE WITH CONNECTOR(LVDS)
***************************************************************
ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS
*************************************
< CAPACITOR >
C7180
C7181
1-576-912-11
1-787-231-11
1-787-333-11
1-787-373-11
1-791-192-21
0.1UF
1UF
10%
25V
10V
– 71 –
2-597-544-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
K
REF.
NO.
–––––––
PART NO.
––––––––
2-597-544-21
2-597-544-31
2-597-545-11
2-597-545-21
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
QUICK SETUP GUIDE
QUICK SETUP GUIDE
REMARK
–––––––
REF.
NO.
–––––––
PART NO.
––––––––
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
DESCRIPTION
–––––––––––
REMARK
–––––––
2-597-545-31 QUICK SETUP GUIDE
< REMOTE COMMANDER >
1-479-327-11 REMOTE COMANDER RM-YD003
9-885-083-75 COVER, BATTERY
9-885-089-78 COVER, SLIDE
< OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES >
93-0875-00
9-872-749-03
LAMP XL-2400
Sony EMCS Corporation
Ichinomiya TEC
– 72 –
English
2005JR02-1
©2005.10
2-597-544-11(1)
™
LCD Projection TV
HD-TV
Operating Instructions
™
2597544111
http://www.sony.net/
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E50A10
Printed in U.S.A.
© 2005 Sony Corporation
2597544111cover_r3.indd 1
KDF-E42/50A10 2-597-544-11(1)
4/21/2005 10:46:11 PM
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02Cov2.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Owner’s Record
The model and serial numbers are located at the rear of the TV. Record
these numbers in the spaces provided below. Refer to them whenever
you call upon your Sony dealer regarding this product.
Model No.
Serial No.
Contacting Sony
If, after reading the following instructions, you have additional
questions related to the use of your Sony® TV, please call one of the
following numbers.
Customers in the continental United States contact the Direct
Response Center at:
1-800-222-SONY (7669)
or visit http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
Customers in Canada contact the Customer Relations Center at:
1-877-899-SONY (7669)
or visit http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
2
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02WAR.fm
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to
rain or moisture.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
ATTENTION
RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE,
NE PAS OUVRIR
PRECAUCION
masterpage:3 columns Right
Declaration of Conformity
Trade Name: SONY
Model: KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
Responsible Party: Sony Electronics Inc.
Address: 16450 W. Bernardo Dr,
San Diego, CA 92127 U.S.A.
Telephone Number: 858-942-2230
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO
NO ABRIR
NOTIFICATION
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence
of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the
product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient
magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to
persons.
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence
of important operating and maintenance (servicing)
instructions in the literature accompanying the
appliance.
The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects
filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
CAUTION
To prevent electric shock, do not use this polarized AC plug with an
extension cord, receptacle or other outlet unless the blades can be fully
inserted to prevent blade exposure.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference
in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
s
s
s
s
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that
to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly
approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this
equipment.
For Customers in Canada
CAUTION
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
When using TV games, computers, and similar products with your
projection TV, keep the brightness and contrast functions at low settings. If
a fixed (non-moving) pattern is left on the screen for long periods of time
at a high brightness or contrast setting, the image can be permanently
imprinted onto the screen. Continuously watching the same program can
cause the imprint of station logos onto the TV screen. These types of
imprints are not covered by your warranty because they are the result of
misuse.
Safety
s
s
s
s
Note on Caption Vision
This TV provides display of TV closed captioning in accordance with
§15.119 of the FCC rules.
s
Operate the TV only on 120 V AC.
Use the AC power cord specified by Sony and suitable for the
voltage where you use it.
The plug is designed, for safety purposes, to fit into the wall outlet
only one way. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet,
contact your dealer.
If any liquid or solid object should fall inside the cabinet, unplug the
TV immediately and have it checked by qualified service personnel
before operating it further.
If you will not be using the TV for several days, disconnect the power
by pulling the plug itself. Never pull on the cord.
For details concerning safety precautions, see “Important Safety
Instructions” on page 5.
For Customers in the United States
s
If you have any questions about this product, you may call; Sony
Customer Information Services Center 1-800-222-7669 or
http://www.sony.com/
Installing
s
s
s
s
s
The TV should be installed near an easily accessible power outlet.
To prevent internal heat buildup, do not block the ventilation
openings.
Do not install the TV in a hot or humid place, or in a place subject to
excessive dust or mechanical vibration.
Avoid operating the TV at temperatures below 41°F (5°C).
If the TV is transported directly from a cold to a warm location, or if
the room temperature changes suddenly, the picture may be blurred
or show poor color due to moisture condensation. In this case, please
wait a few hours to let the moisture evaporate before turning on the
TV.
(Continued)
3
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02WAR.fm
s
s
To obtain the best picture, do not expose the screen to direct
illumination or direct sunlight. It is recommended to use spot
lighting directed down from the ceiling or to cover the windows that
face the screen with opaque drapery. It is desirable to install the TV
in a room where the floor and walls are not of a reflective material.
See pages 13 and 14 for more information on the installation.
masterpage:3 columns Right
This TV incorporates High-Definition
Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology.
HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
CAUTION
Use the following Sony appliance(s) only with the following TV STAND.
Use with other TV STAND may cause instability and possibly result in
injury.
SONY APPLIANCE MODEL NO.
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E50A10
SONY TV STAND MODEL NO.
SU-RG11S (KDF-E42A10)
SU-RG11M (KDF-E50A10)
To Customers
Sufficient expertise is required for installing the specified product. Be sure
to subcontract the installation to Sony dealers or licensed contractors and
pay adequate attention to safety during the installation.
For Customers in the United States
This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated
if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please
contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance
(http://www.eiae.org).
Note
This digital television is capable of receiving analog basic, digital basic
and digital premium cable television programming by direct connection to
a cable system providing such programming. A security card provided by
your cable operator is required to view encrypted digital programming.
Certain advanced and interactive digital cable services such as
video-on-demand, a cable operator’s enhanced program guide and
data-enhanced television services may require the use of a set-top box. For
more information call your local cable operator.
This television also includes a QAM demodulator which should allow you
to receive unscrambled digital cable television programming via
subscription service to a cable service provider. Availability of digital
cable television programming in your area depends on the type of
programming and signal provided by your cable service provider.
Trademark Information
CableCARD™ is a trademark of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
TruSurround XT, SRS and the
symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs,
Inc. TruSurround XT technology is incorporated under license from SRS
Labs, Inc.
Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. “BBE” and
BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
Macintosh is a trademark licensed to Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S.A and other countries.
WEGA, Grand WEGA, WEGA GATE, Steady Sound, Digital Reality
Creation and CineMotion are registered trademarks of Sony Corporation.
“PlayStation” is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment, Inc.
This TV is manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
4
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02WAR.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Important Safety Instructions
1)
Read these instructions.
2)
Keep these instructions.
3)
Heed all warnings.
4)
Follow all instructions.
5)
Do not use this apparatus near water.
12) Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or
table specified by the manufacturer, or sold with
the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution
when moving the cart/apparatus combination to
avoid injury from tip-over.
13) Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms
or when unused for long periods of time.
6)
Clean only with dry cloth.
7)
Do not block any ventilation openings. Install in
accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
14) Refer all servicing to qualified service
personnel. Servicing is required when the
apparatus has been damaged in any way, such
as power-supply cord or plug is damaged,
liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen
into the apparatus, the apparatus has been
exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate
normally, or has been dropped.
s
8)
9)
Do not install near any heat sources such as
radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other
apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce
heat.
Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized
or grounding-type plug. A polarized plug has
two blades with one wider than the other. A
grounding type plug has two blades and a third
grounding prong. The wide blade or the third
prong are provided for your safety. If the
provided plug does not fit into your outlet,
consult an electrician for replacement of the
obsolete outlet.
10) Protect the power cord from being walked on or
pinched particularly at plugs, convenience
receptacles, and the point where they exit from
the apparatus.
Be sure to observe the TV’s “For Safety”
section on page 6.
Antennas
Outdoor Antenna Grounding
If an outdoor antenna is installed, follow the precautions below. An
outdoor antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead
power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can come
in contact with such power lines or circuits.
WHEN INSTALLING AN OUTDOOR ANTENNA SYSTEM,
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO KEEP FROM
CONTACTING SUCH POWER LINES OR CIRCUITS AS CONTACT
WITH THEM IS ALMOST INVARIABLY FATAL.
Be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to provide some protection
against voltage surges and built-up static charges.
Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) in USA and Section 54
of the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada provides information with
respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure,
grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of
grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to
grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.
11) Only use attachments/accessories specified by
the manufacturer.
(Continued)
5
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02WAR.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Antenna Grounding According to the NEC
For Safety
Refer to section 54-300 of Canadian Electrical Code for Antenna
Grounding.
Be Careful When Moving the
TV
Antenna lead-in wire
Ground clamp
Electrical
service
equipment
NEC: National
Electrical Code
Antenna lead-in wire
(NEC Section 810-20)
Grounding conductors
(NEC section 810-21)
Ground clamps
Power service grounding
electrode system (NEC Art
250 Part H)
Cleaning
s
Clean the rear cover area of the TV regularly. Dust in the rear cover
area may cause a problem with the cooling system of the TV set.
s
Clean the cabinet of the TV with a dry soft
cloth. To remove dust from the screen, wipe it
gently with a soft cloth. Stubborn stains may be
removed with a cloth slightly dampened with
solution of mild soap and warm water. Never
use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine for cleaning. If the
picture becomes dark after using the TV for a long period of time, it
may be necessary to clean the inside of the TV. Consult qualified
service personnel.
Unplug the AC power cord when cleaning this unit. Cleaning this
unit with a plugged AC power cord may result in electric shock.
s
On Contamination on the Screen Surface
The screen surface has a special coating to reduce reflections. To prevent
screen damage, clean the screen as follows:
s
s
s
Clean the screen with a soft cloth.
To remove hard contamination, use a cloth moistened with a
solution of mild detergent and water. Do not spray cleaning solution
directly onto the TV. It should only be sprayed to moisten the
cleaning cloth.
Do not use any type of abrasive pad, alkaline cleaner, acid cleaner,
scouring powder, chemical cloth, or solvent such as alcohol,
benzene or thinner, as these may scratch the screen's coating.
When you place the TV in position, be careful
not to drop it on your foot or fingers.
Watch your footing while installing the TV.
STD/DUO
POWER
Carry the TV in the Specified
Manner
If you carry the TV in a manner other than the
specified manner and without the specified number
of persons, it may drop and a serious injury may be
caused. Be sure to follow the instructions
mentioned below.
s
s
s
Carry the TV with the specified number of persons (see page 13).
Hold the TV tightly when carrying it.
Before carrying the TV, disconnect any accessories or cables.
About the TV
Although the TV is made with high-precision technology, black dots may
appear or bright points of light (red, blue, or green) may appear constantly
on the screen. This is a structural property of the panel and is not a defect.
Installation
s
s
s
If direct sunlight or other strong illumination shines on the screen,
part of the screen may appear white due to reflections from behind
the screen. This is a structural property of the TV.
Do not expose the screen to direct illumination or direct sunlight.
The picture quality may be affected by your viewing position. For
the best picture quality, install your TV according to
“Recommended Viewing Area” on page 14.
When installing your TV against a wall, keep it at least 4 inches (10
cm) away from the wall.
Projection Lamp
s
s
s
Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. It is time to
replace the lamp with a new one (not supplied) when:
• the lamp replacement indicator on the front panel blinks in red,
• screen images become dark,
• no image appears on the display after prolonged use.
In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp
unit is designed to contain all of broken glass pieces inside the lamp
unit. (See “Replacing the Lamp” on page 86.)
When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop
sound. This is normal and is inherent in this type of lamp.
Service
Disposal of Used Batteries
Damage Requiring Service
To preserve our environment, dispose of used batteries according to your
local laws or regulations.
Do not attempt to service the set by yourself since opening
the cabinet may expose you to dangerous voltage or other
hazards.
Unplug the set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to
qualified service personnel.
Cooling Fan
This TV uses a cooling fan. You may hear the noise of fan running,
depending on the placement of your TV. The noise may be more noticeable
during the night or when the background noise level is low.
Replacement Parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician
certifies in writing that he has used replacement parts specified by the
manufacturer that have the same characteristics as the original parts.
Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other
hazards.
See “Replacing the Lamp” on page 86.
6
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02TOC.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Contents
Introducing the TV
Welcome ................................................................ 9
Package Contents............................................ 9
Features........................................................... 9
Enjoying Your TV................................................ 11
Notes on the TV ............................................. 11
Screen............................................................ 11
Indicators ....................................................... 12
Projection Lamp ............................................. 12
Installing the TV .................................................. 13
Carrying Your TV ........................................... 13
Take Precaution during Installation................ 13
Preventing the TV from Toppling Over .......... 14
When Installing Your TV against a Wall......... 14
Recommended Viewing Area ........................ 14
TV Controls and Connectors ............................. 15
Front Panel .................................................... 15
Side Panel...................................................... 16
Rear Panel ..................................................... 17
Connecting the TV
Overview.............................................................. 19
Making Video and Audio Connections ........... 19
About Using S VIDEO.................................... 20
About Using HDMI to DVI Adapter................. 20
Basic Connections ............................................. 21
Cable System or VHF/UHF............................ 22
Cable Box and Antenna ................................. 23
Cable Box ...................................................... 24
Satellite Receiver ........................................... 25
Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite
Receiver......................................................... 26
Equipment with HDMI Connection ................. 27
Equipment with DVI Connection .................... 28
Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)........... 29
Using CableCARD Device .................................. 30
About Using CableCARD Device................... 30
Activating CableCARD Service...................... 30
Removing the CableCARD Device ................ 31
Setting Up the Channel List............................... 32
Using Initial Setup .......................................... 32
Connecting Optional Equipment .......................33
VCR and Cable ..............................................34
VCR and Cable Box .......................................35
Two VCRs for Tape Editing............................37
DVD Player with Component
Video Connectors...........................................38
DVD Player with
S VIDEO and Audio Connectors ....................39
Personal Computer ........................................40
Camcorder or “PlayStation”............................41
Audio Receiver ...............................................42
Watching the TV
Overview ..............................................................43
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control.....43
Button Descriptions............................................44
Programming the Remote Control ....................47
Using Other Equipment with Your Remote
Control...........................................................49
Special Buttons on the Remote Control ...........51
Using the GUIDE Button ................................51
Using the WIDE Button ..................................53
Using the JUMP Button ..................................54
Using the FREEZE Button..............................54
Introducing WEGA GATE
Overview of WEGA GATE...................................55
Navigating and Selecting Items .........................57
Using Favorites in WEGA GATE........................57
Using Cable in WEGA GATE ..............................58
Using Antenna in WEGA GATE .........................58
Using External Inputs in WEGA GATE..............59
Using Settings in WEGA GATE..........................59
Using the Settings
Overview ..............................................................61
Accessing the Video Settings............................63
Selecting Video Options .................................63
Selecting PC Video Options ...........................65
Accessing the Audio Settings ...........................66
Selecting Audio Options .................................66
Selecting PC Audio Options ...........................68
7
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US02TOC.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Accessing the Screen Settings ......................... 69
Selecting Screen Options .............................. 69
Selecting PC Screen Options ........................ 71
Accessing the Channel Settings ....................... 72
Selecting Channel Options ............................ 72
Accessing the Parental Lock Settings.............. 74
Selecting Parental Lock Options.................... 74
Viewing Blocked Programs ............................ 75
Selecting Custom Rating Options .................. 76
Accessing the Setup Settings ........................... 78
Selecting Setup Options ................................ 78
Programming Caption Vision ......................... 80
Selecting PC Setup Options .......................... 81
Accessing the Applications Settings................ 83
Selecting Applications Options ...................... 83
Other Information
Overview.............................................................. 85
Contacting Sony ................................................. 85
Replacing the Lamp............................................ 86
How to Replace the Lamp.............................. 86
Troubleshooting ................................................. 90
Remote Control.............................................. 90
CableCARD Device ....................................... 90
Video.............................................................. 91
Audio.............................................................. 92
Channels........................................................ 92
General .......................................................... 93
Specifications .................................................... 94
Index
Index ................................................................... 96
8
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Thank you for purchasing this Sony’s HD LCD projection TV. This manual
is for models KDF-E42A10 and KDF-E50A10.
Package Contents
Along with your new TV, the packing box contains a remote control and two
AA (R6) batteries. See page 95 for the complete list of packaging contents.
Features
Some of the features that you will enjoy with your new TV include:
❑ WEGA GATE™: WEGA GATE is a new feature that allows you to
easily navigate to the most convenient TV functions: favorite channels,
cable channels, antenna channels, external input list or settings.
❑ WEGA Engine: Delivers superb picture quality from any video source
by minimizing the signal deterioration caused by digital-to-analog
conversion and stabilizing the signal processing. This engine features
unique Sony technology, including:
• DRC® (Digital Reality Creation)-MF V1: Unlike conventional
line doublers, the DRC Multifunction feature replaces the signal's
NTSC waveform with the near-HD equivalent by digital mapping
processing. The DRC Palette option lets you customize the level of
detail (Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) to create up to three
custom palettes.
❑
Integrated HDTV: You can watch digital television programs and
enjoy the improved audio/video quality offered by these programs.
❑
Wide Screen Mode: Allows you to watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in
wide screen mode (16:9 aspect ratio).
Advanced Iris: This advanced iris shutter works automatically open
and close according to the incoming signal level to create brighter
whites and better contrast in dark scenes.
❑
❑
❑
❑
CineMotion®: Using the reverse 3-2 pull down technology, the
CineMotion feature provides smoother picture movement when playing
back movies or other video sources on film.
Parental Control: V-Chip technology allows parents to block
unsuitable programming from younger viewers.
CableCARD™ slot: Provides cable subscribers with access to digitally
encrypted cable channels — without the need for a set-top box — that
will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high
definition television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by
your cable TV company, is inserted into the TV’s rear panel
(Continued)
9
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Welcome
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
❑
CableCARD slot. After the service is activated with your cable TV
company, the card replaces the need for a separate set-top box. (Check
with your cable TV company about CableCARD service details,
limitations, pricing, and availability. For more information about the
CableCARD device in this manual, see page 30.)
Component Video Inputs: Offers the best video quality for DVD
(480p, 480i) and digital set-top box (1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i)
connections.
❑
S VIDEO Inputs: Provides a high-quality image from connected
equipment.
❑
Favorite Channels: With the WEGA GATE function, it allows you to
navigate a list of up to 16 favorite channels without leaving the current
channel.
❑
Steady Sound®: Equalizes volume levels so there is consistent output
between programs and commercials.
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface): Provides an
uncompressed, all-digital audio/video interface between this TV and
any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such as a set-top box,
DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or highdefinition video, plus two-channel digital audio.
❑
10
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Enjoying Your TV
To enjoy your TV for years to come and maintain its original picture quality,
you should perform periodic maintenance.
To enjoy clear picture
❑
Prevent sunlight or other light sources from shining directly on to the
screen.
❑
The screen surface is easily scratched. Do not rub, touch, or tap it with
sharp or abrasive objects (see “On Contamination on the Screen
Surface” on page 6).
When not using the TV for a long period of time
❑
Unplug the AC power cord from the outlet if you anticipate not using
the TV for more than a week.
When turning off the power
❑
The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes. Allow
several minutes before unplugging from the outlet or switching the
breaker off.
On moisture condensation
❑
Screen
If your TV is moved directly from a cold to a warm location or is placed
in a humid room, or if the room temperature changes suddenly, the
picture may blur or show poor color. This is caused by moisture
condensation on the lenses inside. Wait a few hours to let the moisture
evaporate before turning on the TV. When the condensation has
evaporated, the picture will return to normal.
To minimize reflection, the screen surface has a special coating.
Inappropriate cleaning methods could damage the screen surface. Special
care is required.
Cleaning the Screen Surface
Dust and dirt on the screen can affect the picture quality. To dust off the
screen use a soft cloth. Be sure to follow the cleaning instruction on page 6
for stubborn stains and dirt.
11
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Introducing the TV
Notes on the TV
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Indicators
Screen
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
Indicators
The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the
condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in
the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.
Indicator
Flashing because...
POWER/
green : The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn
STANDBY flashing on. When it is ready, it turns on.
red : The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached.
The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals of three
blinks at a time until the lamp door or the lamp is placed
correctly. When the lamp door or the lamp is securely
attached, the TV will turn on with green indicator.
LAMP indicator
The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new
flashes
one (see page 86).
TIMER indicator is When one of the timers is set, the indicator will remain lit
lit
(will not flash) even when the TV is turned off.
Projection Lamp
How to replace the lamp,
see page 86.
Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has
lifespan and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the
screen becomes darker. Note the following:
❑ After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before
the picture appears.
❑
✍
When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the
lamp with a new Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied).
The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV is in
use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light
housing when the power is on.
12
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Installing the TV
Carrying Your TV
Carrying the TV requires at least two people. Do not hold by the pedestal or
the front panel of the TV. Doing so may cause these parts to break off.
Introducing the TV
Do not grasp the pedestal
or the front panel of the
TV.
When moving the TV, place one hand in the hole on the lower portion of the
TV while grasping the top with the other hand, as shown in the illustration
below.
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E50A10
If you have connected cables and cords, be sure to unplug them before
moving the TV.
Take Precaution
during Installation
To ensure the safety of children and the TV, keep children away from the TV
during installation. Climbing on or pushing the TV or its stand may cause it
to fall and damage the TV.
13
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Preventing the TV
from Toppling Over
As a protective measure, secure the TV as follows.
Using the TV stand with support belts
❑ Sony strongly recommends using the TV stand SU-RG11S (for KDF-
E42A10)/SU-RG11M (for KDF-E50A10) with a support belt designed
for your TV.
✍ When using the SU-RG11S (for KDF-E42A10)/SU-RG11M (for KDFE50A10) stand for your TV, you must use the support belt.
When Installing Your
TV against a Wall
Keep your TV at least 4 inches (10 cm) away from the wall to provide proper
ventilation.
Recommended
Viewing Area
Your viewing position may affect the picture quality.
For the best picture quality, install your TV within the areas shown below.
Model
Viewing distance
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E50A10
min. 5.9 ft. (approx. 1.8 m)
min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)
Horizontal Viewing Area
min
. 6.6
ft. (
min
app
. 5.9
rox
. 2.0
ft. ( 50"
app
m)
r
o
x. 1
42"
.
8
65˚ ˚
m)
65
Vertical Viewing Area
min
. 6.6
ft. (a
ppr
min
o
. 56.98 50" x. 2.0
m)
ft. (a
ppr
42" ox. 21.18
m)
65
65.˚
30˚
30˚
14
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
TV Controls and Connectors
Front Panel
To open the panel
TV/VIDEO
PUSH OPEN
VOLUME
LAMP POWER/STANDBY
POWER
0
CANNEL
To open the front panel of your
TV, push up the panel door just
under the "PUSH OPEN" mark.
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
5
6
7
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CHANNEL
2
3
4
1
8
9
Item
Description
1 WEGA GATE
Press to display WEGA GATE and activate the
, B, b, v, and V buttons. Press again to exit
WEGA GATE and activate the TV/VIDEO, – VOLUME + and – CHANNEL+ buttons.
Press to confirm the selection or setting.
Press repeatedly to cycle through the video equipment connected to the TV’s video inputs.
2
TV/VIDEO
3
Press to adjust the volume.
– VOLUME +
4
Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through channels, press and hold either – or +.
– CHANNEL +
5 TIMER LED
When lit, indicates one of the timers or Sleep is set. When it is set, this LED will remain lit even if
the TV is turned off. For details, see page 83.
6 LAMP LED
Lights up in red when the lamp for the light source has burned out. For details, see “Replacing the
Lamp” on page 86.
Lights up in green when the TV is turned on. If the LED blinks in red continuously, this may
indicate the display unit needs servicing (see “Contacting Sony” on page 2). When the red LED
blinks only three times, the lamp door of the lamp unit or the lamp itself is not securely attached
(see page 88).
7 POWER/
STANDBY LED
8 (IR) Infrared
Receiver
9 POWER
Receives IR signals from the remote control.
Do not put anything near the sensor, as its function may be affected.
q; Speaker
Outputs audio signal.
Press to turn on and off the TV.
✍
The CHANNEL + button has a tactile dot. Use the tactile dot as a reference
when operating the TV.
15
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Introducing the TV
TIMER
PUSH OPEN
WEGA GATE
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
VIDEO/HD/DVD IN
2
R-AUDIO-L(MONO) VIDEO P R / C R
1
P B/ C B
Y
2
Side Panel
TIMER
PUSH OPEN
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CANNEL
Jack
Description
1 HD/DVD IN 2
(1080i/720p/
480p/480i)
2 VIDEO IN 2
VIDEO/ AUDIO L
(MONO)/ AUDIO R
Connect to your DVD player’s or digital set-top box’s component video (YPBPR) and audio
(L/R) jacks. Component video provides better picture quality than the S VIDEO (5 of rear
panel) or the composite video (6 of rear panel) connections (see page 18).
Connect to the composite video and audio output jacks on your camcorder or other video
equipment. When Auto is selected for the Video 2 (Component) option in the Setup
settings, the component video function will be preferentially activated (see page 79).
16
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Rear Panel
Introducing the TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
2
1
AUDIO RGB
7
PC IN
AUDIO
Y
R
L
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
PR/CR
6
3
DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL) OUT
PCM/
DOLBY DIGITAL
L
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
L
AUDIO
R
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
4
9
4
5
R
HD / DVD IN
AUDIO
OUT
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
(VAR/FIX)
q;
5
Jack
6
7
8
Description
1 CABLE
RF input that connects to your cable and VHF/UHF antenna signal.
VHF/UHF
2 CableCARD slot CableCARD device provides cable subscribers with access to secure, digitally encrypted cable
channels — without the need for a set-top box — that will enable you to receive not only
standard definition but also high definition television. For more information, see page 30.
3 PC IN 7
Connect to the video output connector and audio output jack on your personal computer. For
details, see page 40.
4 HDMI IN 6
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) provides an uncompressed, all-digital
HDMI/
audio/video interface between this TV and any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such
L-AUDIO-R
as a set-top box, DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or high-definition
video, plus two-channel digital audio. You can also connect a DVI-equipped device to your
TV by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable.
(Continued)
17
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US03WEL.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing the TV
Jack
Description
5 VIDEO IN 1
S VIDEO
6 VIDEO IN 1/3
VIDEO/
L-AUDIO-R
7 HD/DVD IN 4/5
(1080i/720p/
480p/480i)/
L-AUDIO-R
Connects to the S VIDEO output jack of your VCR or other video equipment that has
S VIDEO. S VIDEO provides better picture quality than the composite video (6).
Connect to the composite video and audio output jacks on your VCR or other video
component. A third composite video and audio (VIDEO 2) is located on the left side panel of
the TV.
Connect to your DVD player’s or digital set-top box’s component video (YPBPR) and audio
(L/R) jacks. Component video provides better picture quality than the S VIDEO (5) or the
composite video (6) connections.
8 AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX) L/R
Connect to the left and right audio input jacks of your audio or video equipment. You can use
these outputs to listen to your TV’s audio through your stereo system.
9 DIGITAL AUDIO Connects to the optical audio input of a digital audio component that is PCM/Dolby Digital
(OPTICAL) OUT compatible.
(PCM/DOLBY*
DIGITAL)
q; AC IN
Connects the supplied AC power cord.
* Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
18
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Overview
To display clear crisp pictures, you must connect your TV correctly and
choose the correct display format (see “Using the WIDE Button” on page
53). It is strongly recommended to connect the antenna using a 75-ohm
coaxial cable to receive optimum picture quality signal. A 300-ohm twin
lead cable can be easily affected by radio noise and the like, resulting in
signal deterioration. If you use a 300-ohm twin lead cable, keep it as far
away as possible from the TV.
Making Video and
Audio Connections
The signals that enter your TV and connected devices will need to output in
the correct format using the suitable connections. Below are different types
of video connectors available these days. Your TV comes with all types of
connectors with the exception of the DVI connector but your cable box or
satellite receiver may be equipped with this type. When connecting your TV,
use the inputs that are available on your devices that provide the best video
performance, as described below.
Best Video
Performance
Separate audio
connection required
Connector type
HDMI
(High-Definition Multimedia Interface)
No
DVI (Digital Video Interface) *
Y
PB/CB
PR/CR
Component video
(480i/480p/720p/1080i)
Yes
L-AUDIO-R
S VIDEO
Composite video
RF/Coaxial
No
* An adapter is necessary when you are connecting a DVI-equipped device to this TV
(see page 20).
19
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Your new LCD projection TV can receive both analog and digital
broadcasting signals from antenna, satellite and cable TV.
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
About Using
S VIDEO
If the optional equipment you are connecting has an S VIDEO jack
(shown at left), you can use an S VIDEO cable for improved picture
quality (compared to an A/V cable). Because S VIDEO carries only
the video signal, you also need to connect audio cables for sound, as
shown below.
Example of an S VIDEO Connection
Rear of TV
S VIDEO cable
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
Equipment with S VIDEO
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
1
3
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
VIDEO IN
Audio cable
About Using HDMI
to DVI Adapter
If you are connecting equipment with DVI connector with this TV, you will
need to use an adapter. You can use an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an HDMI
adapter (not supplied). Both are available from your local electronics store.
When you use the adapter, you will also need to use separate audio cables
for sound as DVI connector is for video signals only.
HDMI-to-DVI Cable
HDMI adapter
Audio cable
20
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Basic Connections
The way in which you connect your TV will vary, depending on how your
home receives a signal (antenna and satellite; cable and cable box) and
whether or not you plan to connect a VCR.
If You Are Connecting
See Page
Cable System or VHF/UHF
22
No cable box or VCR
Cable Box and Antenna
23
❑
Cable box unscrambles only some
channels (usually premium channels)
❏
No VCR
Cable Box
❑
❑
Connecting the TV
❑
24
Cable box unscrambles all channels
No VCR
Satellite Receiver
Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver
Equipment with HDMI Connection
Equipment with DVI Connection
Equipment with Digital Audio (OPTICAL)
25
26
27
28
29
If you are connecting a VCR
❑
See the connections described on pages 34 and 35.
21
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Cable System or
VHF/UHF
For best results, use this connection if you:
❑
❑
Have a cable and/or an antenna.
(This is convenient if you are using a separate rooftop antenna to receive
additional channels that are not provided by your cable TV company.)
Do not have a cable box or VCR. (If you have a cable box, see pages 23
and 24. If you have a VCR, see pages 34 and 35.)
Antenna System
Cable Type
Connect As Shown
Cable TV (CATV)
and Antenna
CATV cable
Antenna cable
Notes on Using This Connection
To Do This...
Do This ...
Switch the TV’s input between Press ANT to switch back and forth between the
the cable and antenna
TV’s VHF/UHF and CABLE inputs.
✍
Do not use an indoor antenna, which is especially susceptible to
radio noise.
22
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Cable Box and
Antenna
❑
Your cable company scrambles some channels, such as premium
channels (which requires you to use a cable box), but does not scramble
all channels.
❑
You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 34 and 35.)
With this connection you can:
❑
Use the TV’s remote control to change channels coming through the
cable box to the TV’s CABLE input. (You must first program the
remote control for your specific cable box; see “Programming the
Remote Control” on page 47.)
❑
Use the TV’s remote control to change channels coming directly into
the TV’s VHF/UHF input jack.
CATV cable
IN
OUT
Cable box
Antenna
cable
Coaxial
cable
CABLE
VHF/UHF
Rear of TV
Notes on Using This Connection
To Do This ...
Do This ...
Use the cable box
Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3
or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable Program the remote control. See “Programming the Remote
box
Control” on page 47.
Activate the remote control to operate the cable
box
Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE
indicator lights up.
Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels When using the cable box, ensure that the TV remains tuned to the
channel that the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4).
Switch the TV’s input between the cable box and Press ANT to switch back and forth between the TV’s VHF/UHF
antenna
(scrambled channels) and CABLE (unscrambled) inputs.
23
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Before connecting a cable
box, see “Using
CableCARD Device” on
page 30.
For best results, use this connection if:
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Cable Box
Before connecting a cable
box, see “Using
CableCARD Device” on
page 30.
For best results, use this connection if:
❑
Your cable company scrambles all channels, which requires you to use a
cable box.
❑
You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 34 and 35.)
With this connection you can:
❑
Use the TV’s remote control to change channels coming through the
cable box to the TV’s VHF/UHF input jack. (You must first program the
remote control for your specific cable box.)
To connect the cable box
1
2
3
Connect the CATV cable to the cable box’s input jack.
Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable box’s output jack to the TV’s
VHF/UHF input jack.
Run Auto Program, as described in “Setting Up the Channel List” on
pages 32.
CATV cable
Coaxial cable
VHF/UHF
Rear of TV
OUT
IN
Cable box
Notes on Using This Connection
To do this...
Do This ...
Use the cable box
Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3
or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable Program the remote control. See “Programming the Remote
box
Control” on page 47.
Activate the remote control to operate the cable
box
Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE
indicator lights up.
Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels When using the cable box, ensure that the TV remains tuned to the
channel that the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4).
24
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Satellite Receiver
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Connect the satellite antenna cable to the satellite receiver’s
SATELLITE IN jack.
2
Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the satellite receiver’s AUDIO
and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
3
Use a coaxial cable to connect your cable to the TV’s CABLE jack, or
your antenna to the TV’s VHF/UHF jack.
✍
If your satellite receiver is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO
cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
Coaxial cable
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
S VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
Satellite receiver
Satellite
antenna
cable
A/V cable
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
S VIDEO cable
25
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
1
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Digital Cable Box or
Digital Satellite
Receiver
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
1
Connect the RF coaxial cable from the CATV or satellite dish to the
input of the digital cable box or digital satellite receiver.
2
Use a component video cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite
receiver’s YPBPR jacks to the TV’s Y PB/CB PR/CR jacks. Use the
HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.
✍
3
✍
Component video (Y PB/CB PR/CR) connection is necessary to view
480p, 720p, and 1080i formats. Note that this TV displays all format
types of picture in a resolution of 1280 dots x 720 lines.
Use an audio cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite receiver’s
AUDIO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO IN jacks.
The Y PB/CB PR/CR jacks do not provide audio, so audio cables
must be connected to provide sound.
Digital cable box or satellite receiver
Y
Rear of TV
PB/CB
PR/CR
Component video cable
Y
S VIDEO
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
PB/CB
VIDEO
L
PR/CR
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
AUDIO
R
Audio cable
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
4
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
RF coaxial cable
26
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Equipment with
HDMI Connection
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Using an HDMI cable, connect the equipment’s HDMI OUT jack to the
TV’s HDMI IN jack.
Connecting the TV
z The HDMI jack
provides both video
and audio signals, so it
is not necessary to
connect an audio cable.
Use this hookup if:
❑ Your equipment has a High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI).
Rear of TV
AUDIO
R
Equipment with HDMI output
L
6
HDMI cable
27
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Equipment with DVI
Connection
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
If you are connecting with DVI-HDTV output, you can connect to the TV’s
HDMI IN jack by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter (both not
supplied).
Rear of TV
AUDIO
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
R
L
6
Equipment with DVI output
AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
HDMI-to-DVI cable or adapter
Audio cable
✍
When using a HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter, be sure to connect
the DVI output connector first; then connect to the HDMI input on
your TV.
28
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Equipment with
Digital Audio
(Optical)
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
You can use the TV's DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack to connect a
digital audio device that is PCM/Dolby Digital compatible, such as an audio
amplifier.
Rear of TV
DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL) OUT
PCM/
DOLBY DIGITAL
The DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL) OUT jack is
available when the TV
receives a digital TV
channel.
Optical audio cable
Audio amplifier
LINE
OUT
L AUDIO R
LINE
IN
OPTICAL
IN
29
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Using an optical audio cable, connect the device's OPTICAL IN jack to the
TV's DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack.
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Using CableCARD Device
The CableCARD device provides cable subscribers with access to digitally
encrypted cable channels — without the need for a set-top box — that will
enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition
television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by your cable TV
company, is inserted into the TV’s rear panel CableCARD slot. After the
service is activated with your cable TV company, the card replaces the need
for a separate set-top box.
About Using
CableCARD Device
If you are planning to use a separate cable box for digital cable TV services,
you may be able to receive programming using this TV with the
CableCARD device instead — except in the following circumstances:
❑ Your cable TV company does not provide CableCARD service in your
viewing area.
❑ You want to access your cable TV company’s interactive or advanced
features (such as video-on-demand or, in some cases, pay-per-view). At
this time, these services require a bidirectional link, which are only
available through the use of a separate set-top box. CableCARD device
is currently a unidirectional device only, and cannot provide these
advanced services.
Check with your cable TV company for CableCARD service details,
limitations, pricing, and availability, all of which are determined by your
cable TV company — not Sony.
Activating
CableCARD Service
Before you can use CableCARD service, you need to insert the CableCARD
device (supplied by your cable TV company) and activate the service, as
described below:
1
✍
2
Insert the CableCARD device into the CableCARD slot.
CAUTION: When inserting the CableCARD device, the rear side of
the card should face forward. Inserting the CableCARD incorrectly
may result in permanent damage to the card and the TV.
Gently push the card into the slot until it locks into place.
30
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
z You can also access
information about your
CableCARD device in
the Applications settings
(see page 84).
After 1-2 minutes, the CableCARD device setup screen is automatically
displayed. This screen includes information your cable TV company
will request before they can activate your service.
4
Follow the displayed instructions: Phone your cable TV company. A
representative will guide you through the activation process.
5
After your CableCARD device is activated, your cable TV company
will download the service information, including the channel list, to the
CableCARD device. After the CableCARD device has acquired
channels from your cable TV company, the TV tunes to the lowest
available channel.
Removing the
CableCARD Device
In the event you want to cancel your service, contact your cable TV
company.
✍
1
Once the CableCARD device is removed, your TV will no longer
decrypt digital cable TV programming services that require
CableCARD.
Push the eject button on the CableCARD slot to release the card.
Eject button
2
Pull the CableCARD device straight out of the slot to remove it.
To install a different CableCARD device, follow the instructions in
“Activating CableCARD Service” on page 30.
31
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
3
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Setting Up the Channel List
After you finish connecting the TV, you can run the Initial Setup to create a
list of available analog and digital channels. The Initial Setup screen appears
when you turn on the TV for the first time after hooking it up. If you choose
to set up the channels at a later time, select the Auto Program option in the
Channel setting to scan available channels (see below).
✍
Using Initial Setup
To run Initial Setup the first time you turn on your TV
1
z If you are using a
CableCARD device,
Auto Program is
disabled for the CABLE
input.
The Initial Setup feature does not apply for installations that use a
cable box for all channel selection.
TV POWER
Press
to turn on the TV.
The Initial Setup screen appears.
2
Press V or v to highlight the on-screen
display language. Then press
. The
messages “First please connect cable
and/or antenna” appears. This may require
50+ minutes for completion and “Start
auto program now?” appears.
3 Press V or v to highlight “Yes” then press .
Auto Program performed through Initial Setup will automatically create a
list of receivable channels from both VHF/UHF antenna and cable TV
channels if both sources are connected.
✍
✍
Auto Program may take a while (20 to 50 minutes) to complete. A
progress bar is displayed while available channels are being
scanned. If you cancel the Auto Program before all receivable
channels are scanned, you may want to perform the task later (see
“To run Auto Program at a later time” below).
If you selected “No” during the Initial Setup, the Initial Setup
message will appear each time you turn on the TV until you
complete the Auto Program as a reminder.
To run Auto Program at a later time
1
2
✍
Select Settings in WEGA GATE, and then go to Channel settings.
Select Auto Program then select Start.
Auto Program will create a list of receivable channels for the
current input (VHF/UHF antenna or CABLE). You will be required to
run Auto Program for each RF input to create a list of available
channels from both inputs.
32
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Connecting Optional Equipment
You can connect a variety of optional equipment to your TV. This section
provides some of the individual connections you can make. For multiple
connections, please refer to the Quick Setup Guide.
If You Are Connecting
See Page
34
VCR and Cable Box
35
Two VCRs for Tape Editing
37
DVD Player with Component Video Connectors
38
DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors
39
Personal Computer
40
Camcorder or “PlayStation”
41
Audio Receiver
42
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable
33
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable
Use this hookup if:
❑ You have cable TV that does not require a cable box.
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
1
2
Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter.
3
Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitter's other output jack to the
VCR's input jack.
4
Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCR’s AUDIO and
S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
✍
Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to
the TV’s CABLE jack.
If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable
(yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Rear of TV
CABLE VHF/UHF
Y
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
PR/CR
L
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
AUDIO
R
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
S VIDEO
CATV
cable
Splitter
Coaxial
cable
4
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
VIDEO
AUDIO-L
VCR
AUDIO-R
A/V cable
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
S VIDEO cable
Coaxial cable
34
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable Box
Before connecting a cable
box, see “Using
CableCARD Device” on
page 30.
Use this hookup if:
❑ Your cable TV company scrambles some channels, but not all of them
(pay channels vs. regular cable channels) and you need to use a cable
box.
With this connection you can:
Use the TV’s remote control to change channels on your cable box
when the signal is scrambled. To program your Sony remote control to
operate your cable box, see “Programming the Remote Control” on
page 47.
❑
Use the TV’s remote control to change channels on your TV when the
signal is not scrambled. Your TV’s tuner provides a better picture
quality than the output of your cable box.
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
1
2
Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter.
3
Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitter’s other output jack to the
cable box’s input jack.
4
Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable box’s output jack to the VCR’s
RF input jack.
5
Use an A/V cable to connect the cable box’s A/V output jacks to the
TV’s A/V input jacks.
6
Use an A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCR’s AUDIO and S
VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
✍
7
✍
Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to
the TV’s CABLE jack.
If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable
(yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Run Initial Setup, as described in “Setting Up the Channel List” on page
32.
To view scrambled channels, tune the TV to the channel the cable
box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to
switch channels.
(Continued)
35
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
❑
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
Y
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
PR/CR
L
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
AUDIO
R
R
1
3
4
VIDEO IN
Coaxial
cable
CATV
cable
VIDEO
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
S VIDEO
cable
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
VIDEO
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
VCR
6
Splitter
Coaxial
cable
A/V cable
Cable box
A/V cable
Coaxial cable
Cables are often
color-coded to
connectors. Connect red
to red,
white to white, etc.
If you are connecting a
digital cable box, you will
need a special bidirectional splitter
designed to work with your
cable box.
36
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Two VCRs for Tape
Editing
Using
S VIDEO jacks?
See page 20.
If you connect two VCRs, you can record from one VCR to the other while
using your TV to monitor what is being recorded.
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Use an A/V cable to connect the playback VCR’s A/V output jacks to
the recording VCR’s A/V input jacks.
2
Use an A/V cable to connect the recording VCR’s A/V output jacks to
the TV’s A/V input jacks.
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
Rear of TV
VCR (playback)
VCR (recording)
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
VIDEO
A/V cable
✍
✍
✍
✍
A/V cable
To perform tape editing, set the TV to the video input intended for
playback by pressing TV/VIDEO on the remote control.
You may need to change the video input on your VCR. See your
VCR’s operating manual for instructions.
If your VCRs have S VIDEO jacks: For best picture quality, use an
S VIDEO connection instead of the VIDEO cable (yellow) on your
combined A/V cable.
Using an S VIDEO cable, connect the playback VCR’s S VIDEO
OUT jack to the recording VCR’s S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO does
not provide audio, so audio cables must be connected to provide
sound.
You cannot record signals from equipment connected to the Y
PB/CB PR/CR input.
37
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
1
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with
Component
Video Connectors
Use this hookup if:
❑ Your DVD player has component (YPBPR) jacks.
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
1
✍
2
Use a component video cable to connect the DVD player’s YPBPR jacks
to the TV’s Y PB/CB PR/CR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.
The YPBPR jacks on your DVD player are sometimes labeled YCBCR,
or Y, B-Y and R-Y. If so, connect the cables to like colors.
Use an audio cable to connect the DVD player’s AUDIO OUT jacks to
the TV’s AUDIO IN jacks. Be sure to use the same row of inputs that
you used for the video connection (HD/DVD IN 4 or 5).
Component video cable
Y
PB/CB
PR/CR
Rear of TV
DVD player
Y
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
PR/CR
L
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
AUDIO
R
R
1
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
3
VIDEO IN
4
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
AUDIO-R
AUDIO-L
Audio cable
✍
To take advantage of the Wide Mode feature, set the DVD player’s
aspect ratio to 16:9. For details, refer to the operating instructions
supplied with your DVD player.
38
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with
S VIDEO and Audio
Connectors
Use this hookup if:
❑ Your DVD player does not have component (YPBPR) jacks.
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Use an A/V cable to connect the DVD player’s AUDIO OUT jacks to
the TV’s AUDIO IN jacks.
2
Use an S VIDEO cable to connect the DVD player’s S VIDEO jack to
the TV’s S VIDEO jack.
Rear of TV
S VIDEO
S VIDEO
DVD player
S VIDEO
cable
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
AUDIO-R
VIDEO
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
AUDIO-L
A/V cable
✍
✍
✍
✍
If your DVD player is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO
cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
To watch the DVD player, press TV/VIDEO repeatedly to select
the DVD input (VIDEO 1 in the illustration). If you have a nonSony DVD player and want to set up the TV remote control to
operate it, you must program the remote control. See
“Programming the Remote Control” on page 47.
To control DVD functions with the TV remote control, see
“Operating a DVD Player or DVD Changer” on page 49.
To easily identify equipment connected to the TV, see the
instructions for setting up Label Video Inputs on page 79.
39
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
1
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Personal Computer
z When connecting to an
Apple Macintosh
computer, use the
HD15-HD15 cable to
connect PC IN of the
TV to video output
connector of the
computer. For some
Apple Macintosh
computers, it may be
necessary to use an
adapter (not supplied).
If this is the case,
connect the adapter to
the computer before
connecting the HD15HD15 cable.
z If the picture is noisy or
flickering, adjust the
Phase and Pitch in the
Screen settings on
page 71.
To connect a PC (personal computer)
If you connect your PC to the TV, you can watch your personal computer’s
display on the TV.
When your PC is connected to the TV with the HD15-HD15 cable and
optional audio cable, you can view and listen to the PC’s video and audio
output on the TV.
Rear of TV
AUDIO RGB
7
PC IN
Audio
cable
(stereo mini
plugs)
HD15-HD15
cable (analog
RGB)
To monitor port (15-pin D-Sub)
To audio output jack
40
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Camcorder or
“PlayStation”
You can connect a camcorder or “PlayStation” to your TV. For easy
connection, use VIDEO IN 2 on the left side of the TV. To use the S VIDEO
jack instead of the VIDEO jack (yellow), use VIDEO IN 1 on the rear panel
of the TV.
To connect a camcorder or “PlayStation” to VIDEO IN 1
To connect a camcorder or “PlayStation” to VIDEO IN 2
Select Off in the Video 2 (Component) option in the Setup settings (see
page 79). Use an A/V cable to connect the A/V output jacks on the
camcorder or “PlayStation” to the A/V input jacks on the left side of the TV.
✍
✍
If your camcorder is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO
cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
If you have a mono camcorder, connect its audio output jack to the
TV’s L MONO audio input jack.
“PlayStation”
Camcorder
Rear of TV
or
S VIDEO
S VIDEO
VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO-L
AUDIO
R
1
3
VIDEO IN
AUDIO-R
To
S VIDEO
jack
To A/V output jacks
S VIDEO cable
A/V cable
41
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Connecting the TV
Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT
jacks on the camcorder or “PlayStation” to the AUDIO and S VIDEO IN
jacks on the rear panel of the TV, as shown below.
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US04INS.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Connecting the TV
Audio Receiver
For improved sound quality, you may want to play the TV’s audio through
your stereo system (see page 67).
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
Using an audio cable, connect the TV’s AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) jacks to
the audio receiver’s audio LINE IN jacks.
✍
AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TV’s Speaker is set to
Off.
Rear of TV
L
R
AUDIO
UT
(VAR/FIX)
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
Audio cable
Line
input
Audio receiver
Cables are often
color-coded to connectors.
Connect red to red,
white to white, etc.
42
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Overview
The table on the next page describes the buttons on the remote control.
Page
43
Button Descriptions
Programming the Remote Control
44
47
Manufacturer’s Codes
Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control
48
49
Special Buttons on the Remote Control
51
Watching the TV
Topic
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control
Insert two size AA (R6) batteries (supplied) by matching the e and E on
the batteries to the diagram inside the battery compartment.
1
✍
✍
✍
2
To avoid possible damage from battery leakage, remove the
batteries if you anticipate the remote control will not be used for an
extended period.
Handle the remote control with care. Avoid dropping it, getting it
wet, or placing it in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in high
humidity.
Your remote control can be programmed to operate most video
equipment. (See “Programming the Remote Control” on page 47.)
43
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Button Descriptions
Button
MUTING TV/VIDEO
DVD/
VCR
DVR
SAT/
CABLE
TV
1 MUTING
2 TV/VIDEO
FUNCTION
3 FUNCTION
Buttons
ENT
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT
SUR
WIDE
GU
ID
E
DI
SP
LA
Y
4 0-9, ENT
5
6 JUMP
RN
TO
O
TU
LS
RE
WEGA GATE
PREV
REPLAY
7 ANT
ADVANCE NEXT
8 SOUND
PLAY
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
STOP
9 PICTURE
CH
VOL
REC
Description
POWER TV POWER
REC PAUSE
TOP MENU MENU
F1
REC STOP
F2
TV
z The 5 button, CH + button,
MTS/SAP and Play button
have a tactile dot. Use the
tactile dot as a reference
when operating the TV.
0 GUIDE
qa RETURN
qs DVD/VCR
Operating
Buttons
Press to mute the sound. Press again or press VOL + to unmute.
Press to cycle through the video equipment connected to your
TV’s video inputs.
The FUNCTION button indicator lights up momentarily when
pressed to show which external equipment the remote control is
operating. When the remote control is set to operate the external
equipment, these buttons will operate the equipment you choose.
You must first press one of these FUNCTION buttons to operate
the corresponding equipment. See page 47 for Programming the
Remote Control.
Press 0-9 to select a channel: the channel changes after 2
seconds. Press ENT to change channels immediately.
Use
with 0-9 and ENT buttons to select digital channels
(for example, 2.1).
Press to jump back and forth between two channels. The TV
alternates between the current channel and the last channel that
was selected.
Press to change between the VHF/UHF input and the CABLE
input.
Press to cycle through different sound settings: Dynamic for
enhance treble and bass, Standard for spoken dialog and
Custom for flat setting.
Press repeatedly to cycle through the available video picture
modes: Vivid, Standard, Custom. The video picture modes can
be also accessed in the Video menu. For details, see “Selecting
Video Options” on page 63.
Press to display the TV’s program guide.
Press to return to the previous page.
When FUNCTION is switched on DVR or DVD/VCR, these
buttons operate the video equipment you have programmed into
the remote control. For details, see “Using Other Equipment with
Your Remote Control” on page 49.
&m PREV: Press to replay the current program from the
previous Chapter Mark (if any) or from the beginning of the live
TV cache.
REPLAY: Press to replay the current program for a set period
of time.
ADVANCE: Press to advance forward a set period of time
when playing back a recorded program.
M& NEXT: Press to advance forward to the next Chapter Mark
(if any) or to live TV when playing back a recorded program.
m (fast reverse): Press to play a program in fast rewind mode.
H PLAY: Press to play a program at a normal speed.
M (fast forward): Press to play a program in fast forward
mode.
X PAUSE: Press to pause playback.
x STOP: Press to stop the playback of a recorded program.
z
44
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Button
qd VISUAL
SEARCH
qf VOL +/–
qg DVD/VCR
Record
Buttons
ql TV POWER
w; MTS/SAP
wa FREEZE
ws TV/SAT/SUR
wd WIDE
wf DISPLAY
wg V/v/B/b
wh TOOLS
wj WEGA GATE
wk CH +/–
To be used only with your connected external equipment with
visual search function. (Non-operable button for TV)
Press to adjust the volume.
z REC: Press to record. By pressing this button alone will start
the recording.
X REC PAUSE: Press to pause the recording.
x REC STOP: Press to stop the recording.
Press to display the disc menu from your connected DVD player.
Press to display the disc menu from your connected DVD player.
Press to turn on/off the eternal equipment selected from the
FUNCTION buttons 3.
Press to turn on/off the TV.
Press repeatedly to cycle through the Multi-channel TV Sound
(MTS) options: Stereo, Auto SAP (Second Audio Program),
and Mono. The MTS setting can be also accessed in the Audio
setting. For more details, see “Selecting Audio Options” on
page 66.
Press to freeze the current picture. Press again to restore the
picture. For details, see “Using the FREEZE Button” on page 54.
TV/SAT: While in SAT/CABLE FUNCTION, press to switch
between the satellite receiver and antenna.
SUR: Press SUR (Surround Sound) repeatedly to step through
the available audio effect models: TruSurround XT, Simulated,
Off.
Press repeatedly to step through the Wide Screen Mode setting:
Wide Zoom, Normal, Full and Zoom. The Wide Screen Mode
setting can be also accessed in the Screen setting. For details, see
“Using the WIDE Button” on page 53.
Press once to display channel number, label, current time and
other information. Press again to turn Display off. See page 83
for details on setting the time.
Press V/v/B/b to move the on-screen cursor. To select an item,
press
.
To be used only with your connected external equipment that
supports this TOOLS function.
(Non-operable button for TV)
Press to access the following through the WEGA GATE:
• Watch TV (see page 58)
• Select channels from the Favorites Channels you stored
(see page 57)
• View signals from external equipment such as DVD, VCR and
others (see page 59).
• Adjust or customize TV settings (see Using the Settings on
page 59).
Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through
channels, press and hold down either +/– button.
(Continued)
45
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Watching the TV
qh TOP MENU
qj MENU
qk POWER
Description
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Button
wl F1
e; F2
Description
Press to select the function of connected components. For details,
see “Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control” on page
49.
Press to select the function of connected components. For details,
see “Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control” on page
49.
46
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Programming the Remote Control
The remote control is preset to operate Sony brand video equipment.
Sony Equipment
MUTING TV/VIDEO
DVD/
VCR
DVR
POWER TV POWER
SAT/
CABLE
TV
1
Programmable Code Number
DVR
772
DVD/VCR
SAT/CABLE
601 (Sony Dream System)
801 (Sony Satellite Receiver)
Follow the steps below to program your TV’s remote control to operate the
non-Sony video equipment.
FUNCTION
ENT
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT
SUR
WIDE
DVD/
VCR
SAT/
CABLE
FUNCTION button you want to
1 Press and hold the
,
or
program on the remote control and press the
button simultaneously.
DVR
E
DI
S
GU
ID
PL
AY
RN
TO
O
TU
LS
RE
WEGA GATE
PREV
3
Find the three-digit code for your equipment from the “Manufacturer’s
Codes” listed on page 48. If more than one code number is listed, try
entering from the code listed first.
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
2 Enter the three-digit manufacturer’s code number using the --9
buttons while the button is lit. If code is not entered within 10 seconds,
you must perform step 1 again.
3 Press
PLAY
VISUAL SEARCH
The selected FUNCTION button (DVR, DVD/VCR or SAT/CABLE)
will flash.
1
PAUSE
button.
When the programming is correct, the selected FUNCTION button will
flash twice, and when not, flashes five times.
STOP
CH
VOL
To check if the code works
POWER
REC
REC PAUSE
TOP MENU MENU
F1
REC STOP
F2
Aim your TV’s remote control at the equipment, and press the green
button. If the equipment turns on and off, the programming is completed. If
not, try the next code listed.
✍
✍
✍
TV
If no code is input within the above specified time, or an invalid or
incorrect code number is input, the remote control automatically
goes back to the previous setting.
In some cases, you may not be able to program your remote
control to operate other equipment. In such cases, use the
equipment’s own remote control.
Using dead batteries or removing the batteries may cause the
programmable codes to be lost and revert back to factory settings.
Reprogramming the codes may be necessary.
47
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Watching the TV
2
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Manufacturer’s Codes
DVD Players
Manufacturer
Sony
General Electric
Hitachi
JVC
Magnavox
Mitsubishi
Panasonic
Philips
Pioneer
RCA/PROSCAN
Samsung
Toshiba
Zenith
Code
751
755
758
756
757
761
753
757
752, 778
755
758
754
760
Manufacturer
Citizen
Craig
Curtis Mathes
Daewoo
DBX
Dimensia
Emerson
Fisher
Funai
General Electric
Go Video
Goldstar
Hitachi
Instant Replay
JC Penney
DVD Changers
Manufacturer
Sony
Panasonic
Code
765
766
DVD/VCR Combo Units
Manufacturer
Sony
Broksonic
JVC
Panasonic
Samsung
Toshiba
Zenith
Code
767
776
775
777
774
773
768
HDD/DVD Combo Units
Manufacturer
Sony
Code
772, 771, 770
5.1ch DVD AV System
Manufacturer
Sony (DAV)
Code
601, 602, 603, 604
AV Receivers
Manufacturer
Sony
Code
764
JVC
Kenwood
LG
LXI (SEARS)
Magnavox
Marantz
Marta
Memorex
Minolta
Mitsubishi/MGA
Multitech
NEC
Olympic
Optimus
Orion
Panasonic
Pentax
Philco
Philips
Pioneer
Quasar
RCA/PROSCAN
VCRs
Manufacturer
Sony
Admiral (M. Ward)
Aiwa*
Audio Dynamic
Broksonic
Canon
Code
301, 302, 303
327
338, 344
314, 337
319, 317
309, 308
Realistic
Sansui
Samsung
Sanyo
Scott
Code
332
302, 332
304, 338, 309
341, 312, 309
314, 336, 337
304
319, 320, 316, 317,
318, 341
330, 335
338
329, 304, 309
322, 339, 340
332
306, 304, 305, 338
309, 308
309, 305, 304, 330,
314, 336, 337
314, 336, 337, 345,
346, 347
314, 336, 332, 337
332
332, 305, 330, 335,
338
308, 309, 310
314, 336, 337
332
309, 335
305, 304
323, 324, 325, 326
325, 338, 321
314, 336, 337
309, 308
327
317
308, 309, 306, 307
305, 304
308, 309
308, 309, 310
308
308, 309, 306
304, 305, 308, 309,
311, 312, 313, 310,
329
309, 330, 328, 335,
324, 338
314
322, 313, 321
330, 335
312, 313, 321, 335,
323, 324, 325, 326
Manufacturer
Sharp
Signature 2000 (M.
Ward)
SV2000
Sylvania
Symphonic
Tashiro
Tatung
Teac
Technics
Toshiba
Wards
Yamaha
Zenith
Code
327, 328
338, 327
338
308, 309, 338, 310
338
332
314, 336, 337
314, 336, 338, 337
309, 308
312, 311
327, 328, 335, 331,
332
314, 330, 336, 337
331
Cable Boxes
Manufacturer
Sony
Hamlin/Regal
Jerrold/
General Inst./
Motorola
Oak
Panasonic
Pioneer
Scientific Atlanta
Tocom
Zenith
Code
230
222, 223, 224, 225,
226
201, 202, 203, 204,
205, 206, 207, 208,
218, 222
227, 228, 229
219, 220, 221
211, 214, 215
209, 210, 211
216, 217
212, 213
Satellite Receivers
Manufacturer
Sony
Dish Network
Echostar
General Electric
Hitachi
Hughes
Mitsubishi
Panasonic
Philips
RCA/PROSCAN
Toshiba
Samsung
Code
801
810
810
802
805
804
809
803
811
802, 808
806, 807
812
* If an Aiwa VCR does not work even
though you enter the code for Aiwa, enter
the code for Sony instead.
48
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control
To operate other equipment connected to your TV, first turn to page 48 and
program the necessary code. For operating video equipment, press
TV/VIDEO repeatedly until you see the video input on the screen for your
connected equipment. Remote control tips are provided below.
✍
Some functions cannot be operated depending on the equipment.
In that case, operate by the remote control supplied with the
equipment.
Operating a Cable Box
Press ...
Activate the remote control to operate
the cable box
SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION)
Turn on/off
POWER
To Do This ...
Press ...
Select a channel
0-9, ENT
Change channels
CH +/–
Back to previous channel
JUMP
Watching the TV
To Do This ...
Operating a Satellite Receiver
Press ...
To Do This ...
Press ...
Activate the remote control to operate
the satellite receiver
To Do This ...
SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION)
Display SAT Guide
GUIDE
Turn on/off
POWER
Display SAT Menu
MENU
Select a channel
0-9, ENT
Move highlight (cursor)
VvBb
Change channels
CH +/–
Select item
Back to previous channel
JUMP
Switch between the TV and satellite
broadcasts
Display channel number
DISPLAY
TV/SAT
Operating a VCR
To Do This ...
Press ...
Activate the remote control to operate
the VCR
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION)
Turn on/off
POWER
Change channels
CH +/–
Record
z
Play
H
Stop
x
To Do This ...
Press ...
Fast forward
M
Rewind the tape
m
Pause
X (press again to resume
normal playback)
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback
(release to resume normal
playback)
Operating a DVD Player or DVD Changer
Press ...
To Do This ...
Press ...
Activate the remote control to operate
the DVD
To Do This ...
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION)
Step through different
tracks of the disc
m to fast reverse or M to
fast forward the disc when
pressed during playback
Turn on/off
POWER
Step through different chapters of the
disc
> to step forward or . to
step backward
If you have a DVD changer,
to skip disc
F1
Select a track directly
0-9, ENT
Play
H
Display the disc menu
MENU
Stop
x
Display the top menu
TOP MENU
Pause
X (press again to resume
normal playback)
Operate the DVD menu
V v B b,
(Continued)
49
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Operating a 5.1ch DVD AV System (Sony DAV)
To Do This ...
Press ...
To Do This ...
Press ...
Play
H
Activate the remote control to operate
the DVD
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION)
Stop
x
Turn on/off
POWER
Pause
X
Select other equipment connected to
the DAV
F1
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback
Disk skip
F2
Specify the previous chapter/track
Specify the next chapter/track
.
>
Display the top menu
TOP MENU
Move highlight (cursor)
VvBb
Display the disc menu
MENU
Select item
Master volume
VOL +/–, MUTING
Press ...
Operating a DVD/VCR Combo Unit
To Do This ...
Press ...
To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate
the DVD/VCR
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION)
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback
Turn on/off
POWER
Replay
Select the DVD
Select the VCR
F1
F2
Advance
Display the top menu
TOP MENU
Move highlight (cursor)
and select (DVD)
VvBb
Display the disc menu
MENU
Record (VCR)
z
Play
H
Change channels (VCR)
CH +/– or 0-9, ENT
(using tuner)
Stop
x
Adjust tracking (VCR)
Pause
X
CH +/– (during tape
playback)
Operating a HDD/DVD Combo Unit
To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate
the DVD/HDD
Press ...
To Do This ...
Press ...
DVR (FUNCTION)
Move highlight (cursor)
and select
VvBb
Turn on/off
POWER
Record
z
Select the HDD
Select the DVD
F1
F2
Specify the previous chapter/track
Specify the next chapter/track
.
>
Play
H
Replay
Stop
x
Advance
Pause
X
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback
Display the disc menu
MENU
Display the top menu
TOP MENU
Operating an AV Receiver
To Do This ...
Press ...
Turn on/off
POWER
Master volume
VOL +/–, MUTING
Select other input connected to AV
receiver
F1
50
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Special Buttons on the Remote Control
This TV comes with convenient features that can be accessed directly by
pressing their buttons on your remote control.
Using the GUIDE
Button
This TV is equipped to show program information if it is available from the
station. The Program Guide lets you review program information, and select
both analog and digital channels.
1
2
Tune your TV to a channel by using the 0-9,
, and ENT buttons.
Press GUIDE on the TV’s remote control. The Program Guide will
appear with the currently selected program showing in the background.
Channel number,
call letters, etc.
Program title and
description,
program duration,
time remaining,
rating information,
closed-caption
availability, etc.
Selectable
channel list.
✍
C23.1
FAM
Make Way for Ducks!
Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, two
wayward ducks on a unique mission.
Time remaining: 1:26
1
ABC
10
DISC
23.1
FAM
36
TLC
65
HIST
68
SHOW
TV-G
CC
Program information in the guide is provided by the broadcasters.
As a result, it may sometimes include only the channel number,
without a program title or description.
(Continued)
51
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Watching the TV
To display the Program Guide:
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Using the Program Guide
The Program Guide allows you to select the channels from a drop down list.
The Guide also provides information about the current program being shown
on each channel.
C23.1
FAM
Make Way for Ducks!
Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, two
wayward ducks on a unique mission.
Time remaining: 1:26
1
✍
TV-G
CC
ABC
10
DISC
23.1
FAM
Alternate Video
Main
36
TLC
Alternate Audio
Video 1
65
HIST
Video 2
68
SHOW
Video 3
Subchannels are additional channels of programming broadcast
simultaneously. For example, channel 4 might include three
subchannels (4.1, 4.2, 4.3) that are showing programs at the same
time.
Using the Program Options Setting
The Program Options setting allows you to customize the program settings
on the currently tuned channel.
Option
Description
Alternate
Video
(When
available)
Each program has a main video stream (the video that you see when
the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate video streams. This
option allows you to switch among these alternate video streams.
Alternate
Audio
(When
available)
Each program has a main audio stream (the audio you hear when the
channel is first tuned), and may have alternate audio streams. This
option allows you to switch among these alternate audio streams (e.g.,
for different languages).
52
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Using the WIDE
Button
Wide screen mode lets you watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in several wide
screen modes (16:9 aspect ratio).
4:3 Original source
(Standard definition source)
16:9 Original source
(High definition source)
Wide Mode :
Wide Zoom
WIDE
Wide Mode :
Normal
Wide Mode :
Wide Zoom
Wide Mode :
Full
Watching the TV
Wide Mode :
Full
Wide Mode :
Zoom
Wide Mode :
Zoom
z When the TV receives a
720p or 1080i signal
that is 4:3 aspect ratio
picture with a black bar
at each side, Full
returns the picture to its
original size.
✍
When the TV receives a 720p or 1080i signal, Normal cannot be
selected.
Changing the wide screen mode
4:3 Original source
16:9 Original source
Standard definition
High definition
z You can also access the
Wide Mode settings in
the Screen settings. For
details, see page 69.
Wide Zoom
Normal
This mode is not available
Full
Zoom
53
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US05REM.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Watching the TV
Using the JUMP
Button
The JUMP button allows you to jump back and forth between the current
channel and the last channel that was selected.
JUMP
Previous channel
Using the FREEZE
Button
The FREEZE button allows you to temporarily capture a program’s picture.
You can use this feature to write down information such as phone numbers,
recipes, etc.
To cancel FREEZE and return to normal viewing, press the FREEZE button
again.
FREEZE
Current
program in
prgress
Frozen
picture
Freeze
54
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US06USI.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing WEGA GATE
Overview of WEGA GATE
WEGA GATE provides one button access for controlling your TV. It
enables you to perform a variety of tasks intuitively with a control panel
on the screen rather than a variety of remote control button presses.
When you press the
button, you can select from basic TV
function: selecting from Favorite Channels, watching TV, viewing
external equipment signals or adjusting TV settings.
WEGA GATE
Introducing WEGA GATE
GU
ID
E
DI
SP
LA
Y
1 Press WEGA GATE on the remote.
WEGA GATE control panel appears.
TO
OL
S
RN
TU
RE
WEGA GATE
WEGA GATE
PREV
REPLAY
Favorites
ADVANCE NEXT
VISUAL SEARCH
VOL
Cable
C
PLAY
PAUSE
Antenna
STOP
External Inputs
CH
Settings
Press
WEGA GATE
to exit
2
Press V/v to highlight the item.
3
Press
4
Press
to select.
WEGA GATE
to exit.
55
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US06USI.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing WEGA GATE
The WEGA GATE screen gives you access to the following items:
Icon
Description
The Favorites feature lets you select programs from a list of up to 16 favorite
channels that you specify. For details, see page 57.
Favorites
C
The Cable feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the cable
input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel number
will be displayed.
When this feature is active, a is displayed to the left of the icon.
Cable
The Antenna feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the
antenna input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel
number will be displayed.
When this feature is active, a is displayed to the left of the icon.
Antenna
The External Inputs feature lets you select equipment that is connected to
your TV, such as a DVD player. You can assign a label to your equipment or
skip unused inputs conveniently. For details, see page 59.
When this feature is active, a is displayed to the left of the icon.
External Inputs
The Settings feature lets you adjust the Video, Audio, Screen, Channel,
Parental Lock, Setup or Applications settings. For details, see page 59.
Settings
56
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US06USI.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing WEGA GATE
Navigating and Selecting Items
Use your remote control to navigate through WEGA GATE and the settings.
To Do This ...
Press ...
Display WEGA GATE control panel
Press WEGA GATE.
Display Settings
Move through Settings
Press WEGA GATE and select Settings.
Press V v B b.
Select an option to change
Move back to upper layer
Press
.
Press RETURN.
Select (confirm) changed setting
Exit WEGA GATE control panel or Settings
Press
.
Press WEGA GATE.
The Favorites feature lets you select programs from a list of up to 16
favorite channels that you specify. You can create a list using the Add to
Favorites option.
1 Select Favorites from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
.
The Favorite Channels list appears. Make your selection.
Favorite Channels
Add to Favorites
15
15.2
KPBS-DT
Edit Favorites
Exit
2 Press M/m to highlight the desired channel and press
.
• To add the current channel to the list of Favorite Channels, highlight
Add to Favorites and press
.
• When the Favorite Channels list is full, select Edit Favorites to
remove a channel from the list or go to the Channel settings and
select Favorite Channels then edit the channel.
57
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Introducing WEGA GATE
Using Favorites in WEGA GATE
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US06USI.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing WEGA GATE
C Using Cable in WEGA GATE
The Cable feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the
cable input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel
number will be displayed.
.
Select Cable from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
C39.2
KNSD-WX
Regularly Scheduled Programming
No program information is available.
0:24 Remaining
✍
Unrated
480i 4:3
If you have not completed the initial channel setup (see page 32)
both Cable and Antenna will tune to the lowest channel number. To
run Initial Setup see page 72.
Using Antenna in WEGA GATE
The Antenna feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the
antenna input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel
number will be displayed.
.
Select Antenna from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
15.1
KPBS-HD
Full Focus
Sd Film Festivals Growth
0:29 Remaining
✍
Unrated
720p 16:9
If you have not completed the initial channel setup (see page 32)
both Cable and Antenna will tune to the lowest channel number. To
run Initial Setup see page 72.
58
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US06USI.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Introducing WEGA GATE
Using External Inputs in WEGA GATE
The External Inputs feature lets you view from a selected external input
connected to your TV. You can assign a label or skip over unused inputs by
selecting Edit Video Labels. Input label assignment can also be done by
going to Setup settings and select Label Video Inputs (see page 79).
1 Select External Inputs from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
.
The External Inputs list appears. Make your selection.
External Inputs
2 Press M/m to highlight the desired external input and press
Introducing WEGA GATE
Exit
Video 1 VHS
Video 2
Video 3
Video 4
Video 5
Video 6
Video 7
Edit Video Labels
.
Using Settings in WEGA GATE
The Settings feature lets you enter to the settings screen where most of
advanced settings and adjustments are performed. See “Overview ” on page
61.
59
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Overview
The Settings give you access to the following features:
(Depending on the signal tuned, you may see a different Setting options on
your screen. Settings displayed here are with the 720p signal.)
Allows you to set/change
Picture Mode (page 63)
Reset (page 63)
Iris (page 63)
Picture (page 63)
Brightness (page 63)
Color (page 63)
Hue (page 63)
Color Temp. (page 64)
Sharpness (page 64)
Noise Reduction (page 64)
DRC Mode (page 64)
DRC Palette (page 64)
Advanced Video (page 65)
Sound Mode (page 66)
Reset (page 66)
Treble (page 66)
Bass (page 66)
Balance (page 66)
Steady Sound (page 66)
Volume Offset (page 66)
Effect (page 66)
BBE (page 66)
MTS (page 67)
Speaker (page 67)
Audio Out (page 67)
A/V Sync (page 67)
Antenna
Video
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Picture Mode
Vivid
Reset
Iris
Max
Picture
Max
Brightness
50
Color
65
Hue
0
Color Temp.
Cool
Sharpness
50
Audio
Antenna
Audio
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Sound Mode
Custom
Reset
Treble
0
Bass
0
Balance
0
Steady Sound
Off
Volume Offset
0
Effect
Off
BBE
Off
Screen
Antenna
Screen
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Wide Mode
Wide Zoom
Game Picture
0
4:3 Default
Off
Display Area
Normal
Vertical Center
0
Vertical Size
0
Using the Settings
Settings
Video
Wide Mode (page 69)
Game Picture (page 69)
4:3 Default (page 70)
Display Area (page 70)
Vertical Center (page 70)
Vertical Size (page 70)
(Continued)
61
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Settings
Allows you to set/change
Channel
Favorite Channels (page 72)
Digital Channels (page 72)
Auto Program (page 72)
Show/Hide Channels (page 72)
Label Channels (page 73)
Antenna
Channel
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Favorite Channels
Digital Channels
Auto Program
Show/Hide Channels
Label Channels
Parental Lock
Antenna
Parental Lock
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Parental Lock (page 74)
Change Password (page 75)
Select Country (page 75)
Password
Setup
Antenna
Setup
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Caption Vision
Off
Info Banner
On
Game Mode
Off
Label Video Inputs
Language
English
Video 2(Component) Off
Menu Color
Gray
Image Shift
Auto
High Altitude
Off
Applications
Antenna
Applications
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Caption Vision (page 78)
Info Banner (page 78)
Game Mode (page 78)
Label Video Inputs (page 79)
Language (page 79)
Video 2 (Component) (page 79)
Menu Color (page 79)
Image Shift (page 79)
High Altitude (page 80)
CineMotion (page 80)
Clock/Timers (page 83)
Diagnostics (page 84)
CableCARD (page 84)
Clock/Timers
Diagnostics
CableCARD
62
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Video Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE.......
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Video
Custom settings
Picture Mode
2. Select Settings..............
Vivid
Reset
3. Highlight......................
Vivid
Standard
Iris
Max
Picture
Max
Brightness
50
Color
65
Hue
0
Color Temp.
Cool
Sharpness
50
Custom
4. Press to select...............
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
to confirm the selection.
Press
To exit the Video, press
.
WEGA GATE
z To quickly and easily
change from one
Picture Mode to
another, use PICTURE
on the remote control.
The Video settings include the following options:
Option
Picture
Mode
Customized
picture
viewing
Description
Vivid
Select for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness.
Standard
Select for standard picture settings. Recommended
for home entertainment.
Custom
Select to display a picture with minimum
enhancements.
✍ You can alter the Video settings (Picture, Brightness,
Color, etc.) for each Mode and each video input.
✍
Reset
Iris
Picture
Brightness
Color
Hue
You may set up a “Mode” (Vivid, Standard, Custom)
independently for each Video input (Video 1-Video 6,
including the Antenna input). Your “Mode” settings
are automatically saved after each selection. This
allows you to customize the Mode setting for each
type of signal source.
Select OK to reset all settings and adjustments to the default setting
(except for Advanced Video).
Adjust the contrast levels.
Adjust to increase picture contrast and deepen the color or decrease
picture contrast and soften the color.
Adjust to brighten or darken the picture.
Adjust to increase or decrease color intensity.
Adjust to increase or decrease the green tones.
(Continued)
63
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
Selecting Video
Options
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
Color Temp.
White
intensity
adjustment
Description
Choose from four color temperatures:
Cool
Select to give the white colors a blue tint.
Neutral
Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.
Warm 1, 2 When selected Custom in Picture Mode, select to
give the white colors a red tint.
Sharpness Adjust to sharpen or soften the picture.
Noise
Select to reduce the noise level of connected equipment. This also
reduces the noise level to the signal from the VHF/UHF jack. Select
Reduction
from Auto, High, Medium, Low and Off.
✍ When ATSC or Component is in use, Auto is not
available.
DRC Mode High
Creates a high-resolution picture with 4 x density, for
Density
high quality sources (i.e., DVD player, satellite
receiver).
Progressive Recommended for moving pictures.
Off
✍ DRC Mode is not available when Game Mode is On or
using the Freeze feature; also not available when
watching 480p, 720p or 1080i sources.
DRC Palette Custom
Allows you to customize the level of detail (Reality)
and smoothness (Clarity) for up to three input
sources. For example, you can create one Custom
setting to optimize your cable input's picture, and
create another to optimize your DVD player's picture.
You can switch among the three Custom settings.
1 Press the arrow buttons to highlight Custom
then press
.
The DRC palette appears.
Custom
Press
to exit
Reality
(25)
Clarity
(1)
2
✍
Press the arrow buttons to adjust the position of
the marker (z). As you move the z higher
along the Reality axis, the picture becomes more
detailed. As you move the z to the right along
the Clarity axis, the picture becomes smoother.
3 To save the setting, press .
DRC Palette is not available when Game Mode is On,
Noise Reduction is set to Auto, DRC Mode is Off or
using the Freeze feature; also not available when
watching 480p, 720p or 1080i sources.
64
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
Advanced
Video
Available in
“Custom
Picture
Mode”
Selecting PC Video
Options
Description
Select Program to choose among the options: Black
Program
Corrector (High/Medium/Low/Off), Advanced Iris
(High/Medium/Low/Off), Gamma
(Max/High/Medium/Low/Off ), Clear White
(High/Low/Off), Live Color (High/Medium/Low/Off ).
To display the PC screen:
Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the
remote control until VIDEO 7 (PC)
appears.
Video 7
PC
Video
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Display Mode
Video
Reset
Max
Picture
Max
Brightness
50
Color Temp.
Neutral
Using the Settings
✍
Iris
You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is
displaying the PC screen.
The PC Input Video setting includes the following options:
Option
Description
Display Mode
Video
Select to view video images.
Text
Select to view text, charts or tables.
Reset
Select to restore the factory default settings.
Iris
Select to adjust the contrast levels.
Picture
Adjust to increase or decrease picture contrast.
Brightness
Adjust to brighten or darken the picture.
Color Temp.
Choose from four color temperatures:
Cool
Select to give the white colors a blue tint.
Neutral
Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.
Warm 1, Select to give the white colors a red tint.
2
65
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Audio Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Audio
Custom settings
Sound Mode
Custom
Reset
2. Select Settings...............
3. Highlight........................
Dynamic
Standard
Treble
0
Bass
0
Balance
0
Steady Sound
Off
Volume Offset
0
Effect
Off
BBE
Off
Custom
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
to confirm the selection.
Press
To exit the Audio, press
.
WEGA GATE
Selecting Audio
Options
z Sound Mode settings
are independent of
settings in the
Treble/Bass options.
z TruSurround XT
attempts to create the
same surround effect
produced by a
multichannel system
using the left and right
speakers.
The Audio settings include the following options:
Option
Description
Sound
Mode
Dynamic
Select to enhance treble and bass.
Standard
Suitable for spoken dialog.
Custom
Flat setting.
Reset
Reset the following options to the default setting: Treble, Bass,
Balance, Steady Sound, Volume Offset, Effect and BBE.
Treble
Adjust to increase or decrease higher-pitched sounds.
Bass
Adjust to increase or decrease lower-pitched sounds.
Balance
Adjust to emphasize left or right speaker balance.
Steady
Sound
On
Select to stabilize the volume across all programs
and commercials.
Off
Select to turn off Steady Sound.
Volume
Offset
Adjust to increase or decrease the sound level of the current input
(TV or video input) relative to other inputs.
Effect
TruSurround
XT
Select for surround sound (for stereo programs
only).
Simulated
Adds a surround-like effect to mono programs.
✍
Off
BBE
Simulated uses SRS 3D MONO.
Normal stereo or mono reception.
Select to give sound more impact by compensating for phase effects
in speakers. Select from High, Low, and Off.
66
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
Description
MTS
Stereo
Enjoy stereo,
bilingual and Auto SAP
mono
programs
Mono
✍
Speaker
Select for stereo reception when viewing a program
broadcast in stereo.
Select to automatically switch to second audio
programs when a signal is received. (If no SAP
signal is present, the TV remains in Stereo mode.)
Select for mono reception. (Use to reduce noise
during weak stereo broadcasts.)
MTS is available only for analog programs.
On
Select to turn on the TV speakers.
Off
Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to the
TV’s sound only through your external audio
system speakers.
✍
The MUTING button on your remote control is
available when Audio Out is set to Variable, and
becomes nonfunctional when set to Fixed.
This option can be set only when the Speaker option is set to Off.
Easy control
of volume
adjustments
Variable
The TV's speakers are turned off and the audio
output from your audio system can still be
controlled by the TV's remote control.
Fixed
The TV’s speakers are turned off, and the audio
output of the TV is fixed. Use your audio receiver’s
volume control to adjust the volume (and other
settings) through your audio system.
Off/1/2/3
Use this option to make adjustments to audio and
video synchronization when you have external
equipment connected to DIGITAL AUDIO
(OPTICAL ) OUT of the TV. Select Off (factory
default setting) to make no adjustments. Select 1, 2
or 3 to adjust so that the video and audio from your
connected external equipment are in synchronized.
A/V Sync
67
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
Audio Out
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Audio
Options
To display the PC screen:
Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the
remote control until VIDEO 7 (PC)
appears.
Video 7
PC
Audio
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Sound Mode
Custom
Reset
✍
Treble
0
Bass
0
Balance
0
Effect
Off
Speaker
On
Audio Out
Variable
You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is
displaying the PC screen.
The PC Input Audio setting includes the following options:
Option
Sound Mode
Description
Dynamic
Select to enhance treble and bass.
Standard
Suitable for spoken dialog.
Custom
Flat setting.
Reset
Select to restore the factory default settings.
Treble
Adjust to increase or decrease higher-pitched sounds.
Bass
Adjust to increase or decrease lower-pitched sounds.
Balance
Adjust to emphasize left or right speaker balance.
Effect
TruSurround
XT
Select for surround sound (for stereo programs
only).
Simulated
Adds a surround-like effect to mono programs.
Speaker
Off
Normal stereo or mono reception.
On
Select to turn on the TV speakers.
Off
Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to
the TV’s sound only through your external
audio system speakers.
Audio Out
This option can be set only when the Speaker option is set to
Off.
Easy control of
volume
adjustments
Variable
The TV's speakers are turned off, but the audio
output from your audio system can still be
controlled by the TV's remote control.
Fixed
The TV’s speakers are turned off and the audio
output of the TV is fixed. Use your audio
receiver’s volume control to adjust the volume
(and other settings) through your audio system.
68
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Screen Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Screen
Automatic sizing for 4:3 pictures
Wide Mode
2. Select Settings...............
3. Highlight.......................
Wide Zoom
Game Picture
0
4:3 Default
Off
Display Area
Normal
Vertical Center
0
Full
Vertical Size
0
Zoom
Wide Zoom
Normal
Off
4. Press to select................
WEGA GATE
Selecting Screen
Options
z Wide Mode is
unavailable while in
Freeze (page 54).
The Screen settings include the following options:
Option
Description
Wide Mode
Select a screen
mode to use for
4:3 sources.
Wide Zoom
Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9
screen, keeping the original image as much as
possible.
Normal
Select to return the 4:3 picture to its original
size and aspect ratio.
✍
✍
Full
Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally
only, to fill the display area.
Zoom
Select to proportionally enlarge 1080i and
720p sources, For 480p and 480i sources,
Zoom will vertically stretch the image to fill
the screen.
To change from one Wide Mode setting to another, use the WIDE
button on the remote control (see page 53).
Game Picture
✍
Normal is not available when you are watching
720p or 1080i sources.
Allows you to move the position of the picture left and right in
the window. (This feature also allows you to adjust the picture
from any connected equipment.) Select while watching the
picture to be adjusted. The TV stores the position in memory
for each input. Press B or b and press
to choose a
correction between +5 and –5.
Not available in Full and Normal mode when sources are in 720p
or 1080i.
(Continued)
69
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
to confirm the selection.
Press
To exit the Screen, press
.
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
z If 4:3 Default is set to
anything but Off, the
Wide Mode setting
changes only for the
current channel. When
you change channels
(or inputs), Wide Mode
is automatically
replaced with the 4:3
Default setting. To retain
the current Wide Mode
setting as channels and
inputs are changed, set
4:3 Default to Off.
Option
Description
4:3 Default
Select the default
screen mode to
use for 4:3
sources.
Wide Zoom
Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9
screen, keeping the original image as much as
possible.
Normal
Select to return the 4:3 picture to normal
mode.
Full
Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally
only, to fill the display area.
Zoom
Select to enlarge the picture horizontally and
vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills the
wide screen.
Off
Select to continue using the current screen
mode setting when the channel or input is
changed.
Display Area
Select Normal to return to the default display area. Select -1 or
-2 to keep the edge of the picture out of screen.
Vertical Center
Allows you to move the position of the picture up and down in
the window. (Available only in Zoom mode.)
to choose a correction between +5
Press V or v and press
and –5.
Vertical Size
Allows you to adjust the vertical size of the picture. (Available
only in Zoom mode.)
Press V or v and press
to choose a correction between +5
and –5.
70
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Screen
Options
To display the PC screen:
Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the
remote control until VIDEO 7 (PC)
appears.
z When there is no signal
input, all settings are
not available.
Video 7
PC
Screen
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Wide Mode
Full 1
Auto Adjustment
✍
Phase
Min
Pitch
0
Horizontal Center
0
Vertical Center
0
You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is
displaying the PC screen.
z Select Zoom in the
Wide Mode option to
display movies and
other content on DVD,
using the entire
viewable area of the
screen.
Option
Description
Wide Mode
Normal
Full 1
Select to display the picture in its original size.
Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area,
keeping its original horizontal-to-vertical ratio.
✍ A black frame will appear on the surrounding of
the picture.
Full 2
Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area.
✍
A black frame will appear on the surrounding of
the picture.
Zoom
Select to enlarge the picture horizontally and
vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills the
wide screen.
Auto
Adjustment
Select to automatically adjust the display position of the picture
when the TV receives an input signal from the connected PC.
Note that Auto Adjustment may not work well with certain
input signals. In such cases, manually adjust the options below.
Phase
Pitch
Select to adjust the phase when the screen flickers.
Select to adjust the pitch when the picture has unwanted
vertical stripes.
Select to adjust the horizontal position of the picture.
Allows you to move the picture left and right in the window.
Press B or b and press
to choose a correction between +50
and -50.
Horizontal
Center
Vertical Center
✍ The variable range depends on the signal.
Select to adjust the vertical position of the picture.
Allows you to move the picture up and down in the window.
Press B or b and press
to choose a correction between +50
and -50.
✍ The variable range depends on the signal.
71
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
The PC Input Screen setting includes the following options:
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Channel Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Channel
Program favorite channels
Favorite Channels
Program
Digital Channels
2. Select Settings...............
Auto Program
Show/Hide Channels
Label Channels
3. Highlight.......................
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
to confirm the selection.
Press
To exit the Channel, press
.
WEGA GATE
Selecting Channel
Options
The Channel settings include the following options:
Option
Description
Favorite
Channels
Lets you set up a list of your favorite channels. For details, see
“Using Favorites in WEGA GATE” on page 57.
Digital Channels Add
z Channels that you set to
Hidden can only be
accessed with the 0-9
buttons.
Auto Program
✍
Show/Hide
Channels
Select to add digital channels.
Automatically sets up the channel list on the TV for all
receivable channels for the current input (VHF/UHF or
CABLE). Select to start the Auto Program.
Auto Program may take up to 20 to 50 minutes to
complete. A progress bar will display the
approximate progress of the Auto Program and
Digital Channels/Add sequences.
Allows you to show or hide channels that appear in the Program
Guide and when you use the CH+/- buttons to channel surf.
Channels that are set to Hidden do not appear in the Program
Guide or when you use the CH+/- buttons.
1
Press V or v to highlight the channel that you want to show
or hide.
To move between the Major and Digital subchannel lists,
press B or b.
2
To change a channel’s setting to Shown or Hidden, press
3
To show or hide more channels, repeat steps 1 and 2.
.
72
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
✍
✍
Description
If you select to hide or show a major digital channel, all the subchannels are automatically hidden or shown. To show or hide an
individual sub-channel within a digital channel, you must
individually select that sub-channel to show or hide.
If you hide all sub-channels of a major digital channel, that digital
channel is automatically set to Hidden.
Label Channels
Allows you to assign labels (such as station call letters) to
channel numbers.
1
2
Press V or v to scroll through the channel numbers. Then
press
to select the channel number that you want to
assign a label.
Press V or v to scroll through the label characters (A-Z, 09, etc.). Then press
to select the highlighted character.
Repeat to add characters to the label.
Press B to return to the Channel setting, or press WEGA
GATE to exit the settings.
73
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
3
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Parental Lock Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Parental Lock
Press
to change settings
Parental Lock
2. Select Settings..............
Off
Off
Change Password
Select Country
Child
U. S. A.
Youth
Y. Adult
Custom
3. Highlight.......................
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
to confirm the selection.
Press
To exit the Parental Lock, press
.
The Parental setting allows you to set up the TV to block programs according to their content and rating levels.
WEGA GATE
✍
Selecting Parental
Lock Options
You need your password for any future access to the Parental Lock
settings. If you have lost your password, see “Lost password” on
page 93.
The Parental Lock settings include the following options:
Option
Description
Parental Lock
Turn ratings on/off and
select a rating system
Off
Turn Parental Lock off. No programs are
blocked from viewing.
Child
Maximum ratings permitted are:
U.S.: TV-Y, TV-G, G
Canada: C, G, TV-Y
Youth
Maximum ratings permitted are:
U.S.: TV-PG, PG
Canada: C8+, PG, 8 ans+, TV-PG
Y. Adult
Maximum ratings permitted are:
U.S.: TV-14, PG-13
Canada: 14+, 13 ans+, TV-14
Custom
Select to set ratings manually.
U.S.: See page 76 for details.
Canada: See page 77 for details.
74
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
z If you are not familiar
with the Parental
Guideline rating system,
you should select Child,
Youth, or Y.Adult to help
simplify the rating
selection. To set more
restrictive ratings, select
Custom.
Description
Change Password
Select to change your password.
Select Country
U.S.A.
Select to use USA ratings (see page 76).
Canada
Select to use Canadian ratings (see page 77).
To deactivate the parental control feature
❑ Set Parental Lock to OFF when in the Parental Lock setting.
To change the password
z For descriptions of
Child, Youth, and
Y.Adult ratings, see
page 74.
In the Parental Lock setting, use the arrow buttons to highlight Change
Password, and press
to select it.
2
3
4
Enter a new four-digit password using the 0-9 buttons.
Confirm the new password by entering it again.
Press WEGA GATE to exit the setting screen.
You can view a blocked program by entering the password.
1
2
Press ENT when tuned to a blocked program.
Enter your password using the 0-9 buttons.
Parental control will be canceled temporarily until you turn your TV
off.
75
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
Viewing Blocked
Programs
1
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Selecting Custom
Rating Options
US custom rating options
If you selected U.S.A. as the country of residence on page 75, the Custom
Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected Canada, see
z To ensure maximum
blocking capability, the
age-based ratings
should be blocked.
page 77.)
Option
Movie Rating
TV Rating
Block programs
by their rating,
content or both
Description
G
All children and general audiences.
PG
Parental guidance suggested.
PG-13
Parental guidance for children under 13.
R
Restricted viewing, parental guidance is suggested
for children under 17.
NC-17
and X
No one 17 and under.
Age-Based Options
TV-Y
All children.
TV-Y7
Directed to children age 7 and older.
TV-G
General audience.
TV-PG
Parental guidance suggested.
TV-14
Parents strongly cautioned.
TV-MA
Mature audience only.
Content-Based Options
z If you select Block, be
aware that the following
programs may be
blocked: news, sports,
weather, emergency
broadcasts, political
programs, public
service
announcements, and
religious programs.
FV
Fantasy violence.
D
Suggestive dialog.
L
Strong language.
S
Sexual situations.
V
Violence.
Unrated
Allow
Block programs
or movies that are Block
broadcast without
a rating
✍
Allows programs and movies that are broadcast
without a rating.
Blocks all programs and movies that are broadcast
without a rating.
The content ratings will increase depending on the level of the agebased rating. For example, a program with a TV-PG V (Violence)
rating may contain moderate violence, while a TV-14 V (Violence)
rating may contain more intense violence.
76
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Canadian custom rating options
If you selected Canada as the country of residence on page 75, the Custom
Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected U.S.A., see
page 76.)
Description
English Rating
C
All children.
C8+
Children 8 years and older.
G
General programming.
PG
Parental guidance.
14+
Viewers 14 and older.
18+
Adult programming.
G
General programming.
8 ans+
Not recommended for ages under 8.
13 ans+
Not recommended for ages under 13.
16 ans+
Not recommended for ages under 16.
18 ans+
Programming restricted to adults.
French Rating
U.S.A. Rating
Using the Settings
Option
See “TV Rating” on page 76 for details.
77
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Setup Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Setup
Select Caption Vision options
2. Select Settings..............
Caption Vision
Off
On
Info Banner
On
Off
Game Mode
Off
Program
Label Video Inputs
Language
English
Video 2(Component) Off
3. Highlight.......................
Menu Color
Original
Image Shift
Auto
High Altitude
Off
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
to confirm the selection.
Press
To exit the Setup, press
.
WEGA GATE
Selecting
Setup Options
The Setup settings include the following options:
Option
Description
Caption Vision
Allows you to select from four closed caption modes (for
programs that are broadcast with closed captioning).
On
Caption Vision is turned on.
Off
Caption Vision is turned off.
Program
Allows you to set basic and advanced
Caption Vision options. See
“Programming Caption Vision” on
page 80.
Info Banner
Set to On or Off. Select On to display the program name, time
remaining and other information (if the broadcaster offers this
service). Also displays when the channel is changed or the
DISPLAY button is pressed.
Game Mode
On
Select to optimize the lipsync when
playing games.
Off
Select to turn off the Game Mode.
78
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
Description
Label Video
Inputs
Allows you to label the audio/video equipment you have
connected to the TV so you can identify them when using
TV/VIDEO. When in this setting:
1 Press V or v to highlight an input to label, then press
to select it.
2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the labels.
3 Press to select the equipment you connected to each of
the input jacks on the back of your TV.
Select Skip if you do not have any equipment connected to
a particular input.
Video 1-6
Video 1-6, VHS, DVD, Receiver,
Satellite, Cable Box, 8mm, DTV,
Game, LD, Beta, HD, DVR,
Camcorder, Skip
Video 7
Video 7, PC, DVD, HD, Game, Skip
✍
Language
Select to display all on-screen settings in your language of
choice: English, Español, Français.
Video 2
(Component)
Auto
Select to switch automatically
between the component video jacks
(Y PB/CB PR/CR, AUDIO L
(MONO)/AUDIO R) and the
composite video jacks (VIDEO,
AUDIO L (MONO)/AUDIO R) on the
left side of the TV (VIDEO/HD/DVD
2 IN) depending on the cable
connection.
Off
Select to activate the composite video
jacks (VIDEO/AUDIO L(MONO)/
AUDIO R) on the left side of the TV.
Menu Color
Enables you to select a specific color for the on-screen settings.
Image Shift
Corrects the image on your TV.
Before adjusting
After adjusting
Antenna
Antenna
Antenna
Setup
Setup
Setup
Select Caption Vision options
SelectCaption
CaptionVision
Visionoptions
options
Select
On
On
InfoBanner
Banner
Info
On
On
Off
Of
Off
GameMode
Mode
Game
Off
Of
Off
Program
Program
Off
Info Banner
On
Off
Game Mode
Off
Program
On
Label Video Inputs
LabelVideo
VideoInputs
Inputs
Label
Language
Language
Caption Vision
English
English
Language
English
Video2(Component)
2(Component)) Off
2(Component
Off
Of
Video
Video 2(Component) Off
MenuColor
Color
Colo
Menu
Original
Origina
Original
Menu Color
Original
ImageShift
Shift
Shif
Image
Auto
Auto
Image Shift
Auto
HighAltitude
Altitude
High
Off
Of
Off
High Altitude
Off
Auto
(Factory setting) Automatically
corrects double images.
Level 1-4
Select a level from 1-4 to align the
images and improve the picture.
(Continued)
79
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
z If you use the
composite connection
when Video 2
(Component) is set to
Auto, do not connect the
component cable at the
same time. Otherwise
select Off.
If you select Skip, your TV skips the selected
connection when you press TV/VIDEO.
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Programming
Caption Vision
Option
Description
High Altitude
Select On to use the TV at an altitude of 5,000 feet (1,500 m) or
higher. Select Off to use the TV at normal altitude.
CineMotion
Select Auto to optimize the screen display automatically
detecting film content and applying a reverse 3-2 pulldown
process. Moving picture will appear clearer and more natural
looking. Select Off to disable the detection.
If you selected the Program option under Caption Vision (see page 78), you
can change the following settings:
Option
Description
Basic
Allows you to select basic analog (EIA-608) closed caption options.
CC1, CC2,
CC3, CC4
Displays a printed version of the dialog or sound effects
of a program. (Should be set to CC1 for most programs.)
Text1, Text2, Displays network/station information presented using
Text3, Text4 either half or the whole screen (if available).
Digital CC
Allows you to set digital closed captioning to Basic (digital EIA-608)
or Advanced (digital EIA-708).
Advanced
Allows you to select advanced digital (EIA-708) closed caption
options. Select from the available options.
Advanced
Settings
Allows you to make additional settings for digital (EIA-708) closed
caption options. Select from As Broadcast, Small Text, Large Text
and Custom.
Custom
Allows you to customize the following settings:
Character Size
Small, Standard,
Large
Character Style
Style 1-7
Character Color
Color 1-8
Character Opacity
Solid, Translucent
Edge Color
Color 1-8
Edge Type
None, Raised,
Depressed,
Outline,
Left Shadow,
Right Shadow
Background Color
None, Color 1-8
Background Opacity
Solid, Translucent
Window Color
None, Color 1-8
Window Opacity
Solid, Translucent
80
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Setup
Options
To display the PC screen:
Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the
remote control until VIDEO 7 (PC)
appears.
Video 7
PC
Setup
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Power Management Off
✍
Language
English
Menu Color
Gray
Image Shift
Auto
High Altitude
Off
You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is
displaying the PC screen.
Option
Description
Power
Management
On
Select to automatically switch to the Power
Saving mode when there is no signal input for
10 minutes.
Off
Select to turn off Power Management.
Language
Select to display all on-screen settings in your language of
choice: English, Español, Français.
Menu Color
Enables you to select a specific color for the on-screen settings
from Original, Gray, Red, Green and Purple.
Image Shift
Auto
(Factory setting) Automatically corrects double
images.
Level 1-4
Select a level from 1-4 to align the images and
improve the picture.
High Altitude
Select On to use the TV at an altitude of 5,000 feet (1,500 m) or
higher. Select Off to use the TV at normal altitude.
81
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
The PC Input Setup setting includes the following options:
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
PC Input Signal Compatibility Chart
Resolution
Signals
VGA
SVGA
XGA**
WXGA**
Horizontal
frequency (kHz)
Vertical
frequency (Hz)
VESA standard
Horizontal
(Dot)
×
Vertical
(Line)
640
640
×
×
480
480
31.5
37.5
60
75
–*
✔
640
720
×
×
480
400
43.3
31.5
85
70
✔
–*
800
800
×
×
600
600
35.2
37.9
56
60
✔
✔
800
800
×
×
600
600
46.9
48.1
75
72
✔
✔
1024
1024
×
×
768
768
48.4
56.5
60
70
✔
✔
1024
1280
×
×
768
768
60
47.4
75
60
✔
✔
1280
×
768
47.8
60
✔
*: Corresponding to the VGA signal
**: These signals do not support Normal display mode.
✍
✍
✍
✍
This TV does not support Sync on Green or Composite Sync.
If a signal other than in the above chart is input, it may not be displayed properly or may not be
displayed as you set.
Using the Vertical frequency (Hz) of the personal computer at 60 is recommended.
Noise may be detected under certain conditions. If unsupported signals are used, you will see
the message, “Unsupported Signal”.
82
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Accessing the Applications Settings
1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Applications
Change current time and timer settings
Clock/Timers
2. Select Settings..............
Program
Diagnostics
CableCARD
3. Highlight.......................
4. Press to select................
WEGA GATE
Selecting
Applications
Options
The Applications settings include the following options:
Option
Description
Clock/Timers
Select to set the clock and to program your TV to turn on and
off at two scheduled viewing times. Once the options are set,
TIMER LED lights up in red.
Sleep
Allows you to select the amount of
time (Off, 15 minutes, 30 minutes,
45 minutes, 60 minutes or 90
minutes) that you want the TV to
remain on before shutting off
automatically.
Timer 1
Timer 2
You can use the Timers to program the
TV to turn on and off and tune to a
specific channel at two scheduled
viewing times.
Timer 1 and Timer 2 cannot be set until you set the Current
Time.
1
✍
Press V or v to highlight Timer 1 or Timer 2. To set the
timer, press b.
To go directly to programming Timer 1 or 2, press
instead of pressing b.
(Continued)
83
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Using the Settings
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.
Press
to confirm the selection.
To exit the Applications, press
.
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US07MEN.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Using the Settings
Option
Description
2
Press V or v to highlight one of the following options, then
.
press
Program
Off
Select to set the Timer by day, time,
duration, and channel.
Select to turn off the Timer. (Your
previous settings are saved.)
3
If you selected Program in step 2, press V and v to set the
day(s), hour, minute, AM/PM, duration, and channel
or press b to confirm each setting and
number. Press
move to the next setting.
Press B to go back to the previous setting.
4
Press WEGA GATE to exit the setting screen. An LED on
the front panel will light, indicating the Timer has been set.
Current Time
You can set the current time.
1
2
Press
3
Press WEGA GATE to exit the setting screen.
to select Current Time.
Press V and v to set the current time (day, hour, minute,
(or press b) to confirm each
and AM/PM). Press
setting and move to the next setting. Press B to go back the
previous setting.
Diagnostics
Display diagnostics information about the TV. This can be
useful in providing information to an authorized technician or
repair person.
CableCARD
This list of selectable CableCARD options will vary, depending
on your cable service provider.
84
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Overview
This chapter includes the following topics:
Topic
Contacting Sony
Page
85
Replacing the Lamp
Troubleshooting
86
90
Specifications
Optional accessories
94
95
Index
96
Contacting Sony
Before calling Sony customer support, please write down the model and
serial numbers of your TV. You’ll find this information on the front cover of
this manual.
85
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Other Information
If, after reading these operating instructions, you have additional questions
related to the use of your Sony television, please call our Customer
Information Services Center.
For US residents: 1-800-222-SONY (7669)
or visit: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
For Canadian residents: 1-877-899-SONY (7669)
or visit: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Replacing the Lamp
The projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life.
If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator
on the front of the TV flashes, it is time to replace the lamp with a new one
(not supplied).
WARNING
Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in
injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.
How to Replace the
Lamp
❑
Use a Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement.
Use of any other lamp may damage the TV.
❑
Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing
so may cause injury or fire.
❑
Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp
receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire
or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has
been removed.
❑
When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop
sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp.
❑
In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp
unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp
unit.
❑
The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps,
follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 89.
1
Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug
the power cord.
(The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after
turning the power off.)
2
Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the
lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not
touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed.
Take the new lamp out of the box.
Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.
3
✍
✍
Do not shake the lamp. Vibration can damage the lamp or
shorten its life.
Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of
the lamp receptacle. This may reduce picture quality or lamp
life.
86
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
4
Remove the outside lamp cover.
5
Remove the lamp door.
Turn the knob counterclockwise to OPEN and pull out the cover.
Lamp door
Pull out the lamp.
Hook a finger through the loop of the lamp handle and pull the handle
upwards. Then pull the lamp straight out.
✍
✍
The lamp is very hot immediately after use. Never touch the
glass portion of the lamp or the surrounding parts.
After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of
the replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic
bag.
(Continued)
87
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Other Information
6
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
7
Put the new lamp into its place.
Mount the new lamp securely. Failure to do so may cause a fire or the
screen to go dark.
✍
If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic
function may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator
flashes three times (see page 12).
8
Reattach the lamp door.
Turn the knob back to CLOSE and secure the cover.
9
Put the outside lamp cover back in its place.
✍
✍
Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-2400 replacement
lamp.
Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging
in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may
cause the TV to fall, damaging the TV, the TV stand and the
floor.
88
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
The used lamp
This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if
sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please
contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance
(http://www.eiae.org).
❑ Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the
reach of children.
❑
Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp.
Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.
For replacement lamp information visit:
U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/
Canadian residents: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
Other Information
89
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Troubleshooting
Remote Control
Problem
Possible Remedies
Remote control does not
operate
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
Cannot change channels with
the remote control
❏
❏
❏
Remote control does not
operate non-Sony video
equipment
❏
❏
❏
The batteries could be weak. Replace the batteries.
Check the orientation of the batteries.
Press TV (FUNCTION) once, and the TV indicator lights up. You may have
inadvertently pressed SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION), which changes the remote
control to SAT or CABLE mode.
Make sure this unit’s power cord is connected securely to the wall outlet.
Install the unit at least 3-4 feet away from fluorescent lights.
If the "High Temperature Warning!" message appears, turn off the TV and wait
until the TV's projection lamp cools down (approximately 5 minutes). If the
remote control still does not work, make sure to dust the ventilation slots on the
rear of the TV and the cooling fan to provide adequate ventilation around the TV.
If you are using the TV to change channels, first press TV (FUNCTION) once,
and the TV indicator lights up.
If you are using another device to change channels, be sure you have not
inadvertently switched your TV from the channel 3 or 4 setting.
If you are using another device to change channels, be sure to press FUNCTION
for that device. For example, if you are using your cable box to change channels,
be sure to press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE indicator
lights up.
If you replaced the batteries to the remote recently, the code numbers for the video
equipment may need to be reset.
There may be more than one code for the equipment that you are attempting to
operate.
There is a possibility that some non-Sony equipment cannot be operated by your
Sony TV remote. You may need to use the equipment’s original remote control.
CableCARD Device
Problem
Possible Remedies
Problems using CableCARD ❏
device or CableCARD services ❏
❏
❏
Check that the CableCARD is inserted properly (see pages 30-31).
The CableCARD device must be activated by your local cable TV provider before
you can receive digital cable TV services. See the activation instructions on pages
pages 30-31.
Check the Diagnostics and CableCARD setting options (see page 84). (This can
be useful in providing information to an authorized technician or repair person.)
Contact your cable TV provider.
90
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Video
Problem
Possible Remedies
No picture (screen not lit), no
sound
❏
Dark, poor or no picture
(screen lit), good sound
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
❏
“Black box” on screen
❏
Black bands appear at the top
and bottom of the screen
❏
Certain programs on DVD or ❏
other digital sources display a
loss of detail, especially during
fast-motion or dark scenes
"Iris Unit error" appears while ❏
Advanced Iris is active
Check the antenna/cable connections.
Try another channel; it could be station trouble.
Press ANT to change the input mode (see page 44).
Adjust the antenna.
Move the TV away from noise sources such as cars, neon signs, or hair dryers.
Using a highly directional outdoor antenna or a cable may solve the problem.
Set Image Shift to an appropriate value. The default setting is Auto. If doubled
images appear with Auto, select the best value from 1 to 4 (see page 79).
You have selected a text option in the Setup setting and no text is available. (See
page 78 to reset Setup selections.) To turn off this feature, set the Caption Vision
option to Off. If you were trying to select closed captioning, select CC1 instead of
Text 1-4.
Some wide-screen programs are filmed in aspect ratios that are greater than 16:9
(this is especially common with theatrical releases). Your TV will show these
programs with black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. For more details,
check the documentation that came with your DVD (or contact your program
provider).
The compression used by certain digital broadcasts and DVDs may cause your
TV’s screen to display less detail than usual, or cause artifacts (small blocks or
dots, pixelations) to appear on your screen. This is due to your TV’s large screen
and ability to show very fine detail, and is normal for certain digitally recorded
programs. Adjust the reality/clarity in the DRC Palette setting (see page 64) to
optimize the picture while viewing these sources.
The Iris Control may have a problem. Call your local Sony Service Center.
91
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Other Information
No color/dark picture/color is
not correct
Only snow and noise appear on ❏
the screen
❏
❏
Dotted lines or stripes
❏
❏
Double images
❏
❏
If your TV does not turn on and a red light keeps flashing, your TV may need
service. Call your local Sony Service Center.
Make sure the power cord is plugged in.
Press POWER on the front of the TV.
Press TV/VIDEO to cycle through the connected video sources.
Try another channel; it could be station trouble.
Adjust the Picture Mode option in the Video setting (see page 63).
Adjust the Brightness option in the Video setting (see page 63).
Check the antenna/cable connections.
Adjust the Color option in the Video setting (see page 63).
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Audio
Problem
Possible Remedies
Good picture, no sound
❏
❏
❏
❏
Audio noise
❏
Cannot gain enough volume
when using a cable box
❏
Sound seems weak or
insufficient
❏
Cannot raise the volume on
external speakers
❏
❏
Press MUTING so that Muting disappears from the screen (see page 44).
Make sure the Speaker option is set to On in the Audio setting (see page 67).
Make sure the MTS option is set to Stereo or Mono (see page 67).
When the HDMI IN input is in use, surround sound, such as AC-3 and DTS,
cannot be input. Change the sound setting for the external input device to Linear
PCM.
Communication problems may occur if infrared communication equipment (e.g.,
infrared cordless headphones) is used near the TV. Use headphones other than
infrared cordless headphones. Also, if you use infrared communication equipment
other than infrared cordless headphones, move the infrared transceiver away from
the TV until the noise is eliminated, or move the transmitter and receiver of the
infrared communication equipment closer together.
Increase the volume of the cable box using the cable box’s remote control. Then
press TV(FUNCTION) once (the TV indicator lights up) and adjust the TV’s
volume.
The TV’s audio might be set to Auto SAP or Mono, when it might be better set to
Stereo. In the Audio setting (see page 67), set the MTS setting to Stereo. If
already set to Stereo, switch to Mono (which may reduce background noise
during weak stereo broadcasts).
If the Speaker option is set to Off and the Audio Out option is set to Fixed (in
order to output the sound to your audio system), use your audio receiver to adjust
the sound (see page 67). Or, to use the TV remote control, set the Audio Out
option to Variable.
To turn on the TV speakers, set the Speaker option to On (see page 67).
Channels
Problem
Possible Remedies
Cannot receive upper channels ❏
(UHF) when using an antenna ❏
Cannot receive any channels
when using cable TV
❏
❏
Cannot receive or select
❏
channels
Some digital cable channels are ❏
not being displayed
❏
Press ANT to select the VHF/UHF input (see page 44).
Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
presently in the TV’s memory (see page 72).
Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
presently in the TV’s memory (see page 72).
Press ANT to select the CABLE input (see page 44).
Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not
presently in TV memory (see page 72).
Certain cable companies have limitations on the broadcast of digital cable
channels. Check with your cable company for more information.
The digital cable channel may be set to Hidden in the Channel setting (see page
72).
92
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
General
Problem
Possible Remedies
How to reset TV to factory
settings
❏
Turn on the TV. While holding down the M button on the remote control, press the
POWER button on the TV. (The TV will turn itself off, then back on again.)
Release the M button.
WARNING: The Factory Reset will clear all of your customized settings
including Parental Lock setting.
How to restore Video settings
to factory settings
❏
Select Reset setting option while in the Video setting (see page 66).
How to restore Audio settings ❏
to factory settings
Cannot cycle through the other ❏
video equipment connected to
the TV
Select Reset setting option while in the Audio setting (see page 66).
Be sure the Label Video Inputs option is not set to Skip (see page 79).
❏
Lost password
❏
If a setting option appears in gray, this indicates that the setting option is not
available.
On the password screen (see page 74), enter the following master password:
4357. The master password clears your previous password; it cannot be used to
temporarily unblock channels.
TIMER LED on front panel is ❏
lit
LAMP LED blinks in red
❏
When lit, indicates that the timer is set (see page 83). When the timer is set, this
LED will remain lit even when the TV is turned off.
Replace the lamp (see page 86).
Digital cable box does not work ❏
If you are connecting a VCR and digital cable box using a splitter, as described on
page 35, you must use a special bi-directional splitter that is designed to work
with your digital cable box. Contact your cable provider for details.
Cannot record digital channels ❏
to VCR
Only analog channels can be recorded to your VCR.
❏
When the TV is in use, there is a natural rise in temperature, causing the cabinet to
expand or contract and may be accompanied by a slight creaking noise. This is not
a malfunction.
A slight creaking noise occurs ❏
from the bottom part of the TV
Advanced Iris applies a mechanical iris system. When Advanced Iris is set, a
natural creaking noise occurs due to the basic structure of the optical unit. The
creaking sound is an inherent nature of this system and is not a defect.
If the TV is used at high altitudes and High Altitude is set to On, the cooling fan
runs faster and its sound becomes louder. If the TV is not used at high altitudes,
set High Altitude to Off (see page 81).
Make sure to remove dust from the ventilation slots on the rear and both sides of
the TV. In addition, make sure that there are no obstacles in front of the ventilation
slots. If the message still appears after the dust or obstacles are removed, the TV
may need servicing. Call your local Sony Service Center.
TV cabinet creaks
The cooling fan is loud
❏
"High Temperature Warning!" ❏
appears
The TV does not turn on
❏
The TV cools down its projection lamp when the power is turned off. It takes up to
two minutes for the picture to come back after the TV is turned on again. Wait for
a while until the picture comes back.
93
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
Other Information
Cannot operate the setting
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Specifications
Projection System
LCD Panel
Projection Lens
Antenna
Lamp
Television System
3 LCD Panels, 1 lens projection system
0.73 inch TFT LCD panel (1,280 × 720 pixels)
High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.4
75-ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF
100W, XL-2400
NTSC
American TV Standard
ATSC (8VSB terrestrial)
ATSC compliant 8VSB
QAM on cable
ANSI/SCTE 07 2000
Visible Screen Size (Picture measured KDF-E42A10: 42 inches
diagonally)
KDF-E50A10: 50 inches
Channel Coverage
Terrestrial (analog)
2-69
Cable TV (analog)
1-125
Terrestrial (digital)
2-69
Cable TV (digital)
1-135
Number of Inputs/Outputs
HDMI IN
Video
1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i
Audio
Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz,
16, 20 and 24 bit
Video (IN)
3 total (1 on side panel)
1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative
S Video (IN)
1
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms
Audio (IN)
5 total (1 on side panel)
500 mVrms (100% modulation)
Impedance: 47 kilohms
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync
Component Video Input
2 (Y PB/CB PR/CR)
negative
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
AUDIO (VAR/FIX) OUT
1
500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting
(Variable)
500 mVrms (Fixed)
Impedance (output): 2 kilohms
✍
RF Inputs
PC Input
Digital Audio Optical Output
(PCM/Dolby Digital)
CableCARD Slot
Speaker output
Power requirement
Power consumption
2
1
1
AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the
TV’s Speaker is set to Off.
Optical Rectangular (1)
PCMCIA Type I/II
12 W + 12 W
120 V, 60 Hz
In use: 210 W
In standby: Less than 17 W
94
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US08OTH.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Other Information
Dimensions (W/H/D)
KDF-E42A10: 999 × 722 × 357 mm (39 3/8 × 28 1/2 × 14 1/8 inches)
KDF-E50A10: 1184 × 827 × 408 mm (46 5/8 × 32 5/8 × 16 1/8 inches)
Mass
KDF-E42A10: 28 kg (61 lb. 12 oz.)
KDF-E50A10: 33 kg (72 lb. 13 oz.)
Supplied Accessories
Remote Control
AA (R6) Batteries
Operating Instructions
Quick Setup Guide
Warranty Card
Product Registration Card
RM-YD003
2 supplied for remote control
1
1
1
1
Optional accessories:
❑ HDMI cable
HDMI-to-DVI cable
❑
Component video cable
❑
S VIDEO cable
❑
A/V cable
❑
Audio cable
❑
Optical cable
❑
TV Stand : (SU-RG11S for KDF-E42A10, SU-RG11M for KDF-E50A10)
❑
Theatre Stand System: RHT-G2000
❑
Lamp : XL-2400
✍
Other Information
❑
The availability of optional accessories
depends on stock.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Non-metric weights and measures are approximate.
95
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US09IX.fm
masterpage:3 columns Right
Index
0-9 buttons 44
4:3 Default 70
5.1 Channel DVD using with
remote control 50
A
A/V Sync 67
About Using CableCARD Device
30
AC IN 18
Adding channels to the channel
list 72
Adjusting audio, Steady Sound
66
Advanced Iris 63
Advanced Video 65
Alternate Audio 52
Alternate Video 52
ANT button 44
Applications Settings 62, 83
Audio Out 67, 68
AUDIO OUT jack, described 18
Audio receiver, connecting 42
Audio settings 61, 66
Auto Adjustment 71
Auto Program 72
B
Balance, adjusting 66, 68
Bass, adjusting 66, 68
Batteries, inserting in remote 43
BBE 66
Brightness, adjusting 63, 65
C
Cable
connecting with VCR 34
using with remote control 49
Cable Box
connecting with VCR 35
CableCARD device 30, 84
CableCARD slot 17
Camcorder connection 41
Caption Vision 78
programming 80
Change Password 75
CHANNEL +/– button 15
Channel settings 62, 72
Channel Show/Hide 72
Channels
Auto Program 72
creating labels 73
CineMotion 9, 80
Clear White 65
Clock/Timers 83
Closed caption modes 78
Color Temp., adjusting 64, 65
Color, adjusting 63
Connecting
Audio receiver 42
Cable box 23–24
Camcorder 41
DVD player 38–39
Personal Computer 40
Satellite receiver 25
VCR 34–37
D
Diagnostics 84
DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL)
OUT 18
Digital Channels 72
Digital subchannels 52
Display Area 70
DISPLAY button 45
Display Mode 65
Display, turning off 45
DRC Mode 64
DRC Palette 64
DVD player
using with remote control 49
with A/V connectors,
connecting 39
with component video
connectors, connecting 38
E
Effect 66, 68
English Rating 77
ENT button 44
External Inputs, WEGA GATE
56, 59
F
Favorite Channels
setting up 72
Favorites, WEGA GATE 56, 57
FREEZE button 45, 54
French Rating 77
FUNCTION button 44
G
Game Picture 69
Gamma 65
GUIDE button 51
Guide menu 52
H
HD/DVD IN jack (1080i/720p/
480p/ 480i), described 16, 18
HDMI IN jack, described 17
High Altitude 80, 81
High-Definition Multimedia
Interface (HDMI) 10
Horizontal Center 71
Hue, adjusting 63
I
Image Shift 79
Infrared Receiver (IR) 15
Inputs, labeling 79
Iris 63, 65
J, K
JUMP 54
JUMP button 44
96
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\Troy book source\2597544111c20_TROY
Source data\01US09IX.fm
L
R
Label
Channels 73
Label Video Inputs 79
LAMP LED 15
Lamp, replacing 86–89
Language 79, 81
Live Color 65
Ratings
setting 76
viewing blocked programs 75
Remote control
inserting batteries 43
programming 47–48
Removing channels from the
channel list 72
Removing the CableCARD 31
Reset 63, 65, 66, 68
M
MENU button 45, 49
Menu Color 79, 81
Movie Rating 76
MTS 67
MUTING button 44
N
Noise Reduction 64
O
Off, turning off the TV 15
On, turning on the TV 15
P, Q
Parental Control, described 9
Parental Lock settings 62, 74
Password, changing 75
PC IN jack 17
PC Input 65, 68, 71, 81
Personal Computer
connecting 40
Phase 71
Picture 63, 65
PICTURE button 44
Picture Mode
Custom 63
Standard 63
Vivid 63
Pitch 71
POWER button 15
Power Management 81
POWER/STANDBY LED 15
Problems, Troubleshooting 90–
93
Program Guide 52
Program Options menu 52
S
S VIDEO jack, described 18
Satellite receiver
connecting 25
Satellite receiver, using with
remote control 49
Screen settings 61, 69
Select Country 75
Settings
Applications 62, 83
Audio 61, 66
Channel 62, 72
Parental Lock 62, 74
Screen 61, 69
Setup 62, 78
Video 61, 63
Settings, WEGA GATE 56, 59
Setup settings 62, 78
Sharpness, adjusting 64
Show/Hide Channels 72
Sound Mode 66, 68
Speaker 15, 67, 68
Specifications 94–95
Steady Sound
adjusting 66
described 10
Support Belt 14
Surround sound 66, 68
masterpage:3 columns Right
Turning on/off the TV 15
TV FUNCTION button 44
TV POWER button 45
TV Rating 76
TV/VIDEO button 15, 44
U.S.A. Rating 77
Unrated 76
V
VCR
using with remote control 49
with cable box, connecting 35
with cable, connecting 34
Vertical Center 70, 71
Vertical Size 70
VHF/UHF jack, described 17
Video 2 (Component) 79
Video inputs, labeling 79
Video settings 61, 63
VIDEO/AUDIO (L/R) jacks,
described 16, 18
VISUAL SEARCH 45
VOL +/– button 45
VOLUME +/– button 15
Volume Offset 66
W, X, Y
WEGA GATE 9, 55
WEGA GATE button 15
Wide Mode 69, 71
Wide Screen Mode, described 9
T, U
Timer
set current 84
TIMER indicator 12
TIMER LED 15
Timer setting 83
Treble, adjusting 66, 68
Troubleshooting 90–93
97
KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10
2-597-544-11(1)
2-597-544-11(1)
™
LCD Projection TV
HD-TV
Operating Instructions
™
2597544111
http://www.sony.net/
KDF-E42A10
KDF-E50A10
Printed in U.S.A.
© 2005 Sony Corporation
2597544111cover_r3.indd 1
KDF-E42/50A10 2-597-544-11(1)
4/21/2005 10:46:11 PM

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Top types

Top brands

Download Samsung YP-S2QU Service manual